Nissan Note [1680/1872] Conformity check

Содержание

• B engine 1
• Contents 1
• Engine control system 1
• Sectio 1
• Cr without euro obd 5
• Hr with euro obd 9
• Hr without euro obd 13
• Application notice 21
• Check the euro obd e obd discrimination of the vehicle refer to gi 45 identification informa tion to confirm the service information in ec section 21
• Confirm k9k engine type with model written on the identification plate refe to gi 45 identifica tion information then refer to service information in ec section 21
• Cr engine and hr engine 21
• How to check vehicle type 21
• K9k engine 21
• Cr with euro obd 22
• Dtc no index 22
• If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 134 dtc u1001 can communication line 22
• If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 137 dtc u1010 can communication 22
• Index for dtc 22
• Cr with euro obd 23
• Index for dtc 23
• Alphabetical index 24
• Cr with euro obd 24
• If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 134 dtc u1001 can communication line 24
• If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 137 dtc u1010 can communication 24
• Index for dtc 24
• Cr with euro obd 25
• Index for dtc 25
• Cr with euro obd 26
• Lhd models 26
• Maintenance information 26
• On board diagnostic obd system of engine 26
• Precautions 26
• Precautions for procedures without cowl top cover 26
• Precautions for supplemental restraint system srs air bag and seat belt pre tensioner 26
• Rhd models 26
• Cr with euro obd 27
• Precaution 27
• Precautions 27
• Cr with euro obd 28
• Precautions 28
• Cr with euro obd 29
• Precautions 29
• Cr with euro obd 30
• Precautions 30
• Cr with euro obd 31
• Preparation 31
• Special service tools 31
• Commercial service tools 32
• Cr with euro obd 32
• Preparation 32
• Cr with euro obd 33
• Engine control system 33
• System diagram 33
• Cr with euro obd 34
• During acceleration 34
• During deceleration 34
• During high engine speed operation 34
• During warm up 34
• Engine control system 34
• Hot engine operation 34
• Input output signal chart 34
• Mixture ratio feedback control closed loop control 34
• Multiport fuel injection mfi system 34
• System description 34
• The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ecm the ecm controls the length of time the valve remains open injection pulse duration the amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ecm memory the program value is preset by engine operating conditions these conditions are determined by input signals for engine speed and intake air volume from the crankshaft position sensor pos camshaft position sensor phase and the manifold absolute pressure sensor 34
• Various fuel injection increase decrease compensation 34
• When starting the engine 34
• Cr with euro obd 35
• Engine control system 35
• Fuel injection timing 35
• Mixture ratio self learning control 35
• Open loop control 35
• Sequential multiport fuel injection system 35
• At idle 36
• At low battery voltage 36
• At starting 36
• Cr with euro obd 36
• During acceleration the knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies the basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti knocking zone if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions the retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions if engine knocking occurs the knock sensor monitors the condition the signal is transmitted to the ecm the ecm retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition 36
• During warm up 36
• Electronic ignition ei system 36
• Engine control system 36
• Firing order 1 3 4 2 the ignition timing is controlled by the ecm to maintain the best air fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine the ignition timing data is stored in the ecm the ecm receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal comput ing this information ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor during the following conditions the ignition timing is revised by the ecm according to the other data stored in the ecm 36
• Fuel cut control at no load and high engine speed 36
• Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle in other words pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ecm the four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle this system is used when the engine is being started and or if the fail safe system cpu is operating 36
• Fuel shut off 36
• Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds 36
• Input output signal chart 36
• Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system 36
• System description 36
• Cr with euro obd 37
• Engine control system 37
• If the engine speed is above 2 500 rpm with no load for example the shift position is neutral and engine speed is over 2 500 rpm fuel will be cut off after some time the exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed fuel cut will operate until the engine speed reaches 2 000 rpm then fuel cut is cancelled note this function is different from deceleration control listed under ec 34 multiport fuel injection mfi system 37
• System description 37
• Air conditioning cut control 38
• At high engine speeds 38
• Cr with euro obd 38
• Input output signal chart 38
• System description 38
• This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used under the following conditions the air conditioner is turned off 38
• When cranking the engine 38
• When engine speed is excessively low 38
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed 38
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high 38
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed 38
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high 38
• Can communication 39
• Can controller area network is a serial communication line for real time application it is an on vehicle mul tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability many elec tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation not independent in can communication control units are connected with 2 communication lines can h line can l line allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring each control unit transmits receives data but selectively reads required data only refer to lan 21 can communication about can communication for detail 39
• Cr with euro obd 39
• System description 39
• Cr with euro obd 40
• Description 40
• Evaporative emission system 40
• System description 40
• Cr with euro obd 41
• Evaporative emission line drawing 41
• Evaporative emission system 41
• Cr with euro obd 42
• Evaporative emission system 42
• Component inspection 43
• Cr with euro obd 43
• Evap canister 43
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 43
• Evaporative emission system 43
• Fuel check valve 43
• Fuel tank vacuum relief valve built into fuel filler cap 43
• Cr with euro obd 44
• Description 44
• Nats nissan anti theft system 44
• Component inspection 45
• Cr with euro obd 45
• Description 45
• Pcv positive crankcase ventilation valve 45
• Positive crankcase ventilation 45
• System description 45
• Cr with euro obd 46
• Pcv valve ventilation hose 46
• Positive crankcase ventilation 46
• Cr with euro obd 47
• Introduction 47
• On board diagnostic obd system 47
• The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below 47
• The ecm has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua tors the ecm also records various emission related diagnostic information including 47
• The malfunction indicator mi on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips two trip detection logic or when the ecm enters fail safe mode refer to ec 81 47
• The trip in the two trip detection logic means a driving mode in which self diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ecm to light up or blink the mi and store dtc and freeze frame data even in the 1st trip as shown below 47
• Two trip detection logic 47
• When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is a malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function 47
• Cr with euro obd 48
• Emission related diagnostic information 48
• Emission related diagnostic information items 48
• On board diagnostic obd system 48
• The fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 48
• Cr with euro obd 49
• Dtc and 1st trip dtc 49
• On board diagnostic obd system 49
• The 1st trip dtc whose number is the same as the dtc number is displayed for the latest self diagnostic result obtained if the ecm memory was cleared previously and the 1st trip dtc did not reoccur the 1st trip dtc will not be displayed if a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip the 1st trip dtc is stored in the ecm memory the mi will not light up two trip detection logic if the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip meeting the required driving pattern the 1st trip dtc is cleared from the ecm memory if the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip both the 1st trip dtc and dtc are stored in the ecm memory and the mi lights up in other words the dtc is stored in the ecm memory and the mi lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec utive trips if a 1st trip dtc is stored and a non diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd trips only the 1st trip dtc will continue to be stored for malfunctions that blink or light up the mi during the 1st tr 49
• Cr with euro obd 50
• Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data 50
• How to read dtc and 1st trip dtc 50
• On board diagnostic obd system 50
• Cr with euro obd 51
• For example the egr malfunction priority 2 was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd trip after that when the misfire priority 1 is detected in another trip the freeze frame data will be updated from the egr malfunction to the misfire the 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal function is detected there is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data however once freeze frame data is stored in the ecm memory 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored because only one freeze frame data or 1st trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ecm if freeze frame data is stored in the ecm memory and freeze frame data with the same priority occurs later the first original freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ecm memory both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data along with the dtcs are cleared when the ecm mem ory is erased procedures for clearing the ecm memory are described in ec 57 how to erase emis sion related diagnostic information 51
• On board diagnostic obd system 51
• Srt item 51
• System readiness test srt code 51
• System readiness test srt code is specified in service 01 of iso 15031 5 as part of an enhanced emissions test for inspection maintenance i m certain states require the status of srt be used to indicate whether the ecm has completed self diagnosis of major emission systems and com ponents completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed if a vehicle is rejected for a state emissions inspection due to one or more srt items indicating incmp use the information in this service manual to set the srt to cmplt in most cases the ecm will automatically complete its self diagnosis cycle during normal usage and the srt status will indicate cmplt for each application system once set as cmplt the srt status remains cmplt until the self diagnosis memory is erased occasionally certain portions of the self diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer s normal driving pattern the srt will indicate incmp for these items note the srt will also indicate inc 51
• The table below shows required self diagnostic items to set the srt to cmplt 51
• Cr with euro obd 52
• If the 1st trip dtc is erased all the srt will indicate incmp note srt can be set as cmplt together with the dtc s therefore dtc check must always be carried out prior to the state emission inspection even though the srt indicates cmplt 52
• On board diagnostic obd system 52
• Srt is set as cmplt after self diagnosis has been performed one or more times completion of srt is done regardless of whether the result is ok or ng the set timing is different between ok and ng results and is shown in the table below 52
• Srt set timing 52
• The emissions inspection requires cmplt of the srt only with ok self diagnosis results 52
• The srt will indicate cmplt at the time the respective self diagnoses have one 1 ok result 52
• When all srt related self diagnoses showed ok results in a single cycle ignition off on off the srt will indicate cmplt case 1 above when all srt related self diagnoses showed ok results through several different cycles the srt will indicate cmplt at the time the respective self diagnoses have at least one ok result case 2 above if one or more srt related self diagnoses showed ng results in 2 consecutive cycles the srt will also indi cate cmplt case 3 above the table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting srt as incmp is one 1 for each self diagnosis case 1 2 or two 2 for one of self diagnoses case 3 however in preparation for the state emissions inspection it is unnecessary for each self diagnosis to be executed twice case 3 for the following reasons 52
• When during srt driving pattern 1st trip dtc ng is detected prior to cmplt of srt the self diagno sis memory must be erased from ecm after repair 52
• Cr with euro obd 53
• If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more srt items indicating incmp review the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page 53
• On board diagnostic obd system 53
• Srt service procedure 53
• Cr with euro obd 54
• How to display srt code 54
• How to set srt code 54
• On board diagnostic obd system 54
• Cr with euro obd 55
• Driving pattern 55
• On board diagnostic obd system 55
• Ambient air temperature 20 30 c 68 86 f 56
• Cr with euro obd 56
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions under different conditions for example ambient air temperature other than 20 30 c 68 86 f diag nosis may also be performed pattern 1 56
• Flat road 56
• On board diagnostic obd system 56
• Sea level 56
• Test value and test limit gst only not applicable to consult ii 56
• The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of 10 to 35 c 14 to 95 f where the voltage between the ecm terminal 72 and ground is 3 4 v 56
• The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70 c 158 f where the voltage between the ecm terminal 72 and ground is lower than 1 v pattern 2 56
• The following is the information specified in service 06 of iso 15031 5 the test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system circuit diagnostic test is ok or ng while being monitored by the ecm during self diagnosis the test limit is a reference value which is specified as the maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored these data test value and test limit are specified by test id tid and component id cid and can be dis played on the gst screen 56
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions weather altitude individual driv ing habits etc zone a refers to the range where the time required for the diagnosis under normal conditions is the shortest zone b refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within zone a normal conditions refer to the following 56
• When steady state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted each diagnosis can be con ducted in this case the time required for diagnosis may be extended 1 depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km h 56 mph then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km h 56 mph again 2 checking the vehicle speed with gst is advised 56
• Cr with euro obd 57
• How to erase emission related diagnostic information how to erase dtc 57
• On board diagnostic obd system 57
• Cr with euro obd 58
• Description 58
• Malfunction indicator mi 58
• On board diagnostic obd system 58
• On board diagnostic system function 58
• The mi is located on the instrument panel 1 the mi will light up when the ignition switch is turned on without the engine running this is a bulb check if the mi does not light up refer to di 32 warning lamps or see ec 448 2 when the engine is started the mi should go off if the mi remains on the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction 58
• The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions 58
• When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has a malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the a malfunction 58
• Cr with euro obd 59
• Diagnostic test mode i bulb check 59
• How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 59
• How to set diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor 59
• How to set diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 59
• How to switch diagnostic test mode 59
• Mi flashing without dtc 59
• On board diagnostic obd system 59
• Cr with euro obd 60
• Diagnostic test mode i malfunction warning 60
• Diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor 60
• Diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 60
• How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 60
• On board diagnostic obd system 60
• Cr with euro obd 61
• Obd system operation chart 61
• On board diagnostic obd system 61
• Relationship between mi 1st trip dtc dtc and detectable items 61
• Summary chart 61
• The 1st trip dtc is not displayed when the self diagnosis results in ok for the 2nd trip 61
• The dtc and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times driving pattern a without the same malfunction recurring except for misfire and fuel injection system for misfire and fuel injection system the dtc and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times driving pattern c without the same malfunction recurring the time in self diagnostic results mode of consult ii will count the number of times the vehicle is driven 61
• The mi will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times driving pattern b with no malfunction the drive is counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met as stored in the ecm if another malfunction occurs while counting the counter will reset 61
• To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function start engine in the diagnostic test mode ii and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge next run engine at about 2 000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions then make sure that the mi comes on more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2 000 rpm under no load 61
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time the 1st trip dtc and the 1st trip freeze frame data are stored in the ecm memory 61
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips the dtc and the freeze frame data are stored in the ecm memory and the mi will come on for details refer to ec 47 two trip detection logic 61
• Cr with euro obd 62
• Fuel injection system 62
• On board diagnostic obd system 62
• Cr with euro obd 63
• On board diagnostic obd system 63
• Cr with euro obd 64
• Fuel injection system 64
• On board diagnostic obd system 64
• Cr with euro obd 65
• Driving pattern b means the vehicle operation as follows all components and systems should be monitored at least once by the obd system 65
• On board diagnostic obd system 65
• The a counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of 1 4 65
• The a counter will be counted up when 1 4 are satisfied without the same malfunction 65
• The b counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern 65
• The b counter will be counted up when driving pattern b is satisfied without any malfunctions 65
• The dtc will not be displayed after the a counter reaches 40 65
• The mi will go off when the b counter reaches 3 2 in obd system operation chart 65
• Basic inspection 66
• Basic service procedure 66
• Cr with euro obd 66
• Basic service procedure 67
• Cr with euro obd 67
• Basic service procedure 68
• Cr with euro obd 68
• Accelerator pedal released position learning 69
• Basic service procedure 69
• Cr with euro obd 69
• Description 69
• Idle air volume learning 69
• Idle speed check 69
• Idle speed with consult ii 69
• Operation procedure 69
• Preparation 69
• Throttle valve closed position learning 69
• With gst 69
• Basic service procedure 70
• Cr with euro obd 70
• Operation procedure with consult ii 70
• Without consult ii 70
• Basic service procedure 71
• Cr with euro obd 71
• Diagnostic procedure 71
• Fuel pressure check 71
• Fuel pressure release with consult ii 71
• Basic service procedure 72
• Cr with euro obd 72
• Fuel pressure check 72
• Without consult ii 72
• Basic service procedure 73
• Cr with euro obd 73
• Cr with euro obd 74
• Introduction 74
• Trouble diagnosis 74
• Trouble diagnosis introduction 74
• Cr with euro obd 75
• Trouble diagnosis 75
• Work flow overall sequence 75
• Cr with euro obd 76
• Detailed flow 76
• Trouble diagnosis 76
• Cr with euro obd 77
• Trouble diagnosis 77
• Cr with euro obd 78
• Diagnostic worksheet description 78
• Trouble diagnosis 78
• Cr with euro obd 79
• Trouble diagnosis 79
• Worksheet sample 79
• Cr with euro obd 80
• Dtc inspection priority chart 80
• If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 134 dtc u1001 can communication line 80
• If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 137 dtc u1010 can communication 80
• If some dtcs are displayed at the same time perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart note 80
• Trouble diagnosis 80
• Cr with euro obd 81
• Fail safe chart 81
• Trouble diagnosis 81
• When the dtc listed bellow is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 81
• When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is a malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses is continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has a malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 81
• Cr with euro obd 82
• Symptom matrix chart 82
• System basic engine control system 82
• Trouble diagnosis 82
• Cr with euro obd 83
• Trouble diagnosis 83
• Cr with euro obd 84
• System engine mechanical other 84
• Trouble diagnosis 84
• Cr with euro obd 85
• Trouble diagnosis 85
• Cr with euro obd 86
• Engine control component parts location 86
• Trouble diagnosis 86
• Cr with euro obd 87
• Trouble diagnosis 87
• Cr with euro obd 88
• Trouble diagnosis 88
• Cr with euro obd 89
• Trouble diagnosis 89
• Cr with euro obd 90
• Trouble diagnosis 90
• Cr with euro obd 91
• Trouble diagnosis 91
• Cr with euro obd 92
• Refer to ec 33 system diagram for vacuum control system 92
• Trouble diagnosis 92
• Vacuum hose drawing 92
• Circuit diagram 93
• Cr with euro obd 93
• Trouble diagnosis 93
• Cr with euro obd 95
• Ecm harness connector terminal layout 95
• Ecm inspection table 95
• Ecm terminals and reference value 95
• Preparation 95
• Trouble diagnosis 95
• Cr with euro obd 96
• Trouble diagnosis 96
• Cr with euro obd 97
• Trouble diagnosis 97
• Cr with euro obd 98
• Trouble diagnosis 98
• Cr with euro obd 99
• Trouble diagnosis 99
• Cr with euro obd 100
• Ec 100 100
• Trouble diagnosis 100
• Cr with euro obd 101
• Ec 101 101
• Trouble diagnosis 101
• Consult ii function engine 102
• Cr with euro obd 102
• Ec 102 102
• Function 102
• Trouble diagnosis 102
• Cr with euro obd 103
• Ec 103 103
• Engine control component parts control systems application 103
• Trouble diagnosis 103
• Cr with euro obd 104
• Ec 104 104
• Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data 104
• Inspection procedure 104
• Refer to gi 38 consult ii data link connector dlc circuit 104
• Regarding items of dtc and 1st trip dtc refer to ec 48 emission related diagnostic informa tion items 104
• Self diag results mode self diagnostic item 104
• Trouble diagnosis 104
• Work support mode work item 104
• Cr with euro obd 105
• Data monitor mode monitored item 105
• Ec 105 105
• Trouble diagnosis 105
• Cr with euro obd 106
• Ec 106 106
• Trouble diagnosis 106
• Cr with euro obd 107
• Ec 107 107
• Trouble diagnosis 107
• Active test mode test item 108
• Cr with euro obd 108
• Data monitor spec mode monitored item 108
• Ec 108 108
• Trouble diagnosis 108
• Consult ii has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching setting in data monitor mode 1 auto trig automatic trigger 109
• Cr with euro obd 109
• Dtc srt confirmation mode srt status mode 109
• Dtc work support mode 109
• Ec 109 109
• For details refer to ec 51 system readiness test srt code 109
• Real time diagnosis in data monitor mode recording vehicle data description 109
• Srt work support mode 109
• The malfunction will be identified on the consult ii screen in real time in other words dtc 1st trip dtc and malfunction item will be displayed if the malfunction is detected by ecm at the moment a malfunction is detected by ecm moni tor in data monitor screen is changed to recording data xx as shown in the figure and the data after the malfunction detection is recorded then when the percentage reached 100 real time diag screen is displayed if stop is touched on the screen during recording data xx real time diag screen is also displayed the recording time after the malfunction detection and the 109
• This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the srt while monitoring the srt status 109
• Trouble diagnosis 109
• Cr with euro obd 110
• Ec 110 110
• Operation 110
• Trouble diagnosis 110
• Cr with euro obd 111
• Description 111
• Ec 111 111
• Function 111
• Generic scan tool gst function 111
• Generic scan tool obdii scan tool complying with iso 15031 has 8 different functions explained below iso9141 is used as the protocol the name gst or generic scan tool is used in this service manual 111
• Inspection procedure 111
• Trouble diagnosis 111
• Turn ignition switch off 2 connect gst to data link connector which is located under driv ers side dash panel near the fuse box cover 3 turn ignition switch on 111
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 112
• Cr with euro obd 112
• Ec 112 112
• Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in the operation manual regarding gst screens in this section sample screens are shown 112
• Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce dure for further information see the gst operation manual of the tool maker 112
• Trouble diagnosis 112
• Cr with euro obd 113
• Ec 113 113
• Trouble diagnosis 113
• Cr with euro obd 114
• Ec 114 114
• Trouble diagnosis 114
• Below is the data for clsd thl pos accel sen 1 and thrtl sen 1 when depressing the accelera tor pedal with the ignition switch on and with shift lever in 1st position the signal of accel sen 1 and thrtl sen 1 should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise after clsd thl pos is changed from on to off 115
• Below is the data for eng speed thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 ho2s1 b1 and inj pulse b1 when revving engine quickly up to 4 800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently each value is for reference the exact value may vary 115
• Clsd thl pos accel sen 1 thrtl sen 1 115
• Cr with euro obd 115
• Ec 115 115
• Eng speed thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 ho2s1 b1 inj pulse b1 115
• Major sensor reference graph in data monitor mode 115
• The following are the major sensor reference graphs in data monitor mode 115
• Trouble diagnosis 115
• Cr with euro obd 117
• Description 117
• Ec 117 117
• Inspection procedure 117
• Testing condition 117
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 117
• Cr with euro obd 119
• Ec 119 119
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 119
• Cr with euro obd 120
• Detailed procedure 120
• Ec 120 120
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 120
• Cr with euro obd 121
• Ec 121 121
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 121
• Cr with euro obd 122
• Ec 122 122
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 122
• Cr with euro obd 123
• Ec 123 123
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 123
• Cr with euro obd 124
• Ec 124 124
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 124
• Cr with euro obd 125
• Ec 125 125
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 125
• Cr with euro obd 126
• Ec 126 126
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 126
• Cr with euro obd 127
• Description 127
• Diagnostic procedure 127
• Ec 127 127
• Trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident 127
• A fuse 129
• Check ecm power supply circuit i 129
• Check the following 129
• Cr with euro obd 129
• Detect malfunctioning part 129
• Diagnostic procedure 129
• Ec 129 129
• Fuse block j b connector m7 129
• Go to 2 129
• Go to 3 129
• Harness connectors m1 e101 129
• Harness for open or short between ecm and fuse 129
• Inspection start 129
• Ok or ng 129
• Power supply and ground circuit 129
• Repair harness or connectors 129
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 129
• Start engine is engine running yes or no 129
• Turn ignition switch off and then on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 109 and ground with consult ii or tester 129
• Voltage battery voltage 129
• Cr with euro obd 130
• Ec 130 130
• Power supply and ground circuit 130
• Cr with euro obd 131
• Ec 131 131
• Power supply and ground circuit 131
• Cr with euro obd 132
• Ec 132 132
• Power supply and ground circuit 132
• Cr with euro obd 133
• Ec 133 133
• Ground inspection 133
• Power supply and ground circuit 133
• Cr with euro obd 134
• Description 134
• Dtc confirmation procedure 134
• Dtc u1001 can communication line 134
• Ec 134 134
• On board diagnosis logic 134
• Cr with euro obd 135
• Dtc u1001 can communication line 135
• Ec 135 135
• Wiring diagram 135
• Cr with euro obd 137
• Description 137
• Dtc confirmation procedure 137
• Dtc u1010 can communication 137
• Ec 137 137
• On board diagnosis logic 137
• With consult ii 137
• With gst 137
• Cr with euro obd 138
• Diagnostic procedure 138
• Dtc u1010 can communication 138
• Ec 138 138
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 139
• Cr with euro obd 139
• Description 139
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 139
• Ec 139 139
• Specification data are reference values 139
• System description 139
• This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve the ecm receives signals such as crankshaft position camshaft position engine speed and engine coolant temperature then the ecm sends on off pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status this makes it possible to control the shut open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low mid speed range and output in high speed range 139
• Caution always drive at a safe speed note 140
• Cr with euro obd 140
• Dtc confirmation procedure 140
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 140
• Ec 140 140
• Fail safe mode 140
• If dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is between 10v and 16v at idle 140
• If dtc p0011 is displayed with dtc p1111 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1111 see ec 286 140
• Let engine idle for 10 seconds 5 if the 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 141 diagnostic procedure if the 1st trip dtc is not detected go to next step 6 maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds 140
• On board diagnosis logic 140
• The mi will not light up for this self diagnosis 140
• Turn ignition switch on and select data monitor mode with consult ii 2 start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera ture 3 maintain the following conditions from at least 6 consecutive seconds hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 140
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode 140
• With consult ii 140
• Cr with euro obd 141
• Diagnostic procedure 141
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 141
• Ec 141 141
• With gst 141
• Component inspection 142
• Cr with euro obd 142
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 142
• Ec 142 142
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 142
• Removal and installation 142
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 143
• Cr with euro obd 143
• Description 143
• Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater 143
• Ec 143 143
• On board diagnosis logic 143
• Operation 143
• Specification data are reference values 143
• System description 143
• The ecm performs on off duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine speed and engine coolant temperature the duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine is started 143
• Cr with euro obd 144
• Dtc confirmation procedure 144
• Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater 144
• Ec 144 144
• With consult ii 144
• With gst 144
• Cr with euro obd 145
• Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater 145
• Ec 145 145
• Wiring diagram 145
• Check ground connections 146
• Cr with euro obd 146
• Diagnostic procedure 146
• Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater 146
• Ec 146 146
• Ok or ng 146
• Repair or replace ground connections 146
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 146
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 146
• Cr with euro obd 147
• Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater 147
• Ec 147 147
• Component inspection 148
• Cr with euro obd 148
• Dtc p0031 p0032 ho2s1 heater 148
• Ec 148 148
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 148
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater 148
• Removal and installation 148
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 149
• Cr with euro obd 149
• Description 149
• Dtc confirmation procedure 149
• Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater 149
• Ec 149 149
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is between 10 v and 16v at idle 149
• On board diagnosis logic 149
• Operation 149
• Specification data are reference values 149
• System description 149
• Cr with euro obd 150
• Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater 150
• Ec 150 150
• With consult ii 150
• With gst 150
• Cr with euro obd 151
• Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater 151
• Ec 151 151
• Wiring diagram 151
• Check ground connections 152
• Cr with euro obd 152
• Diagnostic procedure 152
• Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater 152
• Ec 152 152
• Ok or ng 152
• Repair or replace ground connections 152
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 152
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 152
• Cr with euro obd 153
• Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater 153
• Ec 153 153
• Component inspection 154
• Cr with euro obd 154
• Dtc p0037 p0038 ho2s2 heater 154
• Ec 154 154
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 154
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 154
• Removal and installation 154
• Component description 155
• Cr with euro obd 155
• Dtc confirmation procedure 155
• Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 155
• Ec 155 155
• Fail safe mode 155
• Follow the procedure with consult ii above 155
• If dtc p0107 or p0108 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 363 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 155
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 155
• On board diagnosis logic 155
• The manifold absolute pressure map sensor is placed intake man ifold corrector it detects intake manifold pressure and sends the voltage signal to the ecm ecm uses the signal to compute intake air volume value the sensor uses a silicon diaphragm which is sensitive to the change in pressure as the pressure increase the voltage rises 155
• Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 wait at least 5 seconds 4 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 157 diagnostic procedure 155
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode 155
• With consult ii 155
• With gst 155
• Air duct 157
• Check intake system 157
• Check the following for connection 157
• Cr with euro obd 157
• Diagnostic procedure 157
• Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 157
• Ec 157 157
• Go to 2 157
• Inspection start 157
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold ok or ng 157
• Reconnect the parts 157
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 157
• Vacuum hoses 157
• Which malfunction p0107 or p0108 is duplicated p0107 or p0108 157
• Cr with euro obd 158
• Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 158
• Ec 158 158
• Component inspection 159
• Cr with euro obd 159
• Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 159
• Ec 159 159
• Manifold absolute pressure sensor 159
• Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor value corresponds to the atmospheric pressure 160
• Check the voltage between ecm terminal 51 and ground at idling and confirm the voltage difference between engine is stopped and at idling is within following chart 160
• Cr with euro obd 160
• Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 160
• Ec 160 160
• Manifold absolute pressure sensor 160
• Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct 160
• Removal and installation 160
• Start engine and let it idle 160
• Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in damage to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 161
• Component description 161
• Cr with euro obd 161
• Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 161
• Ec 161 161
• Fail safe mode 161
• On board diagnosis logic 161
• The intake air temperature sensor is built into manifold absolute pressure sensor the sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ecm the temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise 161
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode 161
• Cr with euro obd 162
• Dtc confirmation procedure 162
• Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 162
• Ec 162 162
• With consult ii 162
• With gst 162
• Cr with euro obd 163
• Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 163
• Ec 163 163
• Wiring diagram 163
• Cr with euro obd 164
• Diagnostic procedure 164
• Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 164
• Ec 164 164
• Component inspection 165
• Cr with euro obd 165
• Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 165
• Ec 165 165
• Intake air temperature sensor 165
• Manifold absolute pressure sensor 165
• Removal and installation 165
• Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 166
• Component description 166
• Cr with euro obd 166
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 166
• Ec 166 166
• Fail safe mode 166
• On board diagnosis logic 166
• The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature the sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ecm the modified signal returns to the ecm as the engine coolant temperature input the sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature the electrical resistance of the ther mistor decreases as temperature increases 166
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 166
• When this malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 166
• Cr with euro obd 167
• Dtc confirmation procedure 167
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 167
• Ec 167 167
• With consult ii 167
• With gst 167
• Cr with euro obd 169
• Diagnostic procedure 169
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 169
• Ec 169 169
• Component inspection 170
• Cr with euro obd 170
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 170
• Ec 170 170
• Engine coolant temperature sensor 170
• Removal and installation 170
• Component description 171
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 171
• Cr with euro obd 171
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 171
• Ec 171 171
• Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 171
• Fail safe mode 171
• On board diagnosis logic 171
• Specification data are reference values 171
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 171
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 171
• Cr with euro obd 172
• Dtc confirmation procedure 172
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 172
• Ec 172 172
• With consult ii 172
• With gst 172
• Cr with euro obd 173
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 173
• Ec 173 173
• Wiring diagram 173
• Check ground connections 174
• Cr with euro obd 174
• Diagnostic procedure 174
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 174
• Ec 174 174
• Ok or ng 174
• Repair or replace ground connections 174
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 174
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 174
• Cr with euro obd 175
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 175
• Ec 175 175
• Cr with euro obd 176
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 176
• Ec 176 176
• Component inspection 177
• Cr with euro obd 177
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 177
• Ec 177 177
• Electric throttle control actuator 177
• Removal and installation 177
• Throttle position sensor 177
• Component description 178
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 178
• Cr with euro obd 178
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 178
• Ec 178 178
• On board diagnosis logic 178
• Specification data are reference values 178
• The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 178
• To judge the malfunction the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high 178
• Cr with euro obd 179
• Dtc confirmation procedure 179
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 179
• Ec 179 179
• With consult ii 179
• With gst 179
• Check ground connections 181
• Cr with euro obd 181
• Diagnostic procedure 181
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 181
• Ec 181 181
• Ok or ng 181
• Repair or replace ground connections 181
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 181
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 181
• Cr with euro obd 182
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 182
• Ec 182 182
• Component inspection 183
• Cr with euro obd 183
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 183
• Ec 183 183
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 183
• Cr with euro obd 184
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 184
• Ec 184 184
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 184
• Removal and installation 184
• Without consult ii 184
• Component description 185
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 185
• Cr with euro obd 185
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 185
• Ec 185 185
• On board diagnosis logic 185
• Cr with euro obd 186
• Dtc confirmation procedure 186
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 186
• Ec 186 186
• With consult ii 186
• Cr with euro obd 187
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 187
• Ec 187 187
• Overall function check 187
• With gst 187
• Check ground connections 189
• Cr with euro obd 189
• Diagnostic procedure 189
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 189
• Ec 189 189
• Ok or ng 189
• Repair or replace ground connections 189
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 189
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 189
• Cr with euro obd 190
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 190
• Ec 190 190
• Cr with euro obd 191
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 191
• Ec 191 191
• Cr with euro obd 192
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 192
• Ec 192 192
• Component inspection 193
• Cr with euro obd 193
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 193
• Ec 193 193
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 193
• Cr with euro obd 194
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 194
• Ec 194 194
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 194
• Removal and installation 194
• Without consult ii 194
• Component description 195
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 195
• Cr with euro obd 195
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 195
• Ec 195 195
• On board diagnosis logic 195
• Specification data are reference values 195
• The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 195
• Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is not input the ecm circuits will read a continuous approximately 0 v therefore for this diagnosis the time that output voltage is within 200 to 400 mv range is monitored and the diagnosis checks that this time is not inordinately long 195
• Cr with euro obd 196
• Dtc confirmation procedure 196
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 196
• Ec 196 196
• With consult ii 196
• Cr with euro obd 197
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 197
• Ec 197 197
• Overall function check 197
• With gst 197
• Check ground connections 199
• Cr with euro obd 199
• Diagnostic procedure 199
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 199
• Ec 199 199
• Ok or ng 199
• Repair or replace ground connections 199
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 199
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 199
• Cr with euro obd 200
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 200
• Ec 200 200
• Component inspection 201
• Cr with euro obd 201
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 201
• Ec 201 201
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 201
• Without consult ii 201
• Cr with euro obd 202
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 202
• Ec 202 202
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 202
• Removal and installation 202
• Component description 203
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 203
• Cr with euro obd 203
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 203
• Ec 203 203
• On board diagnosis logic 203
• Specification data are reference values 203
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 203
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut 203
• Cr with euro obd 204
• Dtc confirmation procedure 204
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 204
• Ec 204 204
• With consult ii 204
• With gst 204
• Cr with euro obd 205
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 205
• Ec 205 205
• Wiring diagram 205
• Check ground connections 206
• Cr with euro obd 206
• Diagnostic procedure 206
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 206
• Ec 206 206
• Ok or ng 206
• Repair or replace ground connections 206
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 206
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 206
• Cr with euro obd 207
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 207
• Ec 207 207
• Component inspection 208
• Cr with euro obd 208
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 208
• Ec 208 208
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 208
• Without consult ii 208
• Cr with euro obd 209
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 209
• Ec 209 209
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 209
• Removal and installation 209
• Component description 210
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 210
• Cr with euro obd 210
• Dtc p0139 ho2s2 210
• Ec 210 210
• On board diagnosis logic 210
• Specification data are reference values 210
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 210
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the switching response of the sen sor s voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi tion such as fuel cut 210
• Cr with euro obd 211
• Dtc confirmation procedure 211
• Dtc p0139 ho2s2 211
• Ec 211 211
• With consult ii procedure for cond1 211
• Cr with euro obd 212
• Dtc p0139 ho2s2 212
• Ec 212 212
• Overall function check 212
• Procedure for cond2 212
• Procedure for cond3 212
• With gst 212
• Cr with euro obd 213
• Dtc p0139 ho2s2 213
• Ec 213 213
• Wiring diagram 213
• Check ground connections 214
• Cr with euro obd 214
• Diagnostic procedure 214
• Dtc p0139 ho2s2 214
• Ec 214 214
• Ok or ng 214
• Repair or replace ground connections 214
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 214
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 214
• Cr with euro obd 215
• Dtc p0139 ho2s2 215
• Ec 215 215
• Component inspection 216
• Cr with euro obd 216
• Dtc p0139 ho2s2 216
• Ec 216 216
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 216
• Cr with euro obd 217
• Dtc p0139 ho2s2 217
• Ec 217 217
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 217
• Removal and installation 217
• Without consult ii 217
• Cr with euro obd 218
• Dtc confirmation procedure 218
• Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 218
• Ec 218 218
• On board diagnosis logic 218
• With consult ii 218
• Cr with euro obd 219
• Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 219
• Ec 219 219
• If it is difficult to start engine at step 6 the fuel injection system has a malfunction too 8 crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal if engine starts go to ec 222 diagnostic procedure if engine does not start check exhaust and intake air leak visually 219
• If it is difficult to start engine at step 8 the fuel injection system has a malfunction 11 crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal if engine starts go to ec 222 diagnostic procedure if engine does not start check exhaust and intake air leak visually 219
• Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 disconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connec tor 4 restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds 5 stop engine and reconnect manifold absolute pressure sensor harness connector 6 select service 03 with gst make sure dtc p0107 is detected 7 select service 04 with gst and erase the dtc p0107 8 start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes 9 select service 07 with gst the 1st trip dtc p0171 should be detected at this stage if a malfunction exists if so go to ec 222 diagnostic procedure note if 1st trip dtc is not detected during above procedure performing the following procedure is advised a turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds b start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data for 10 min utes refer to the table below hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 219
• The similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data means the vehicle operation that the following con ditions should be satisfied at the same time 219
• With gst 219
• Cr with euro obd 221
• Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 221
• Ec 221 221
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 221
• Cr with euro obd 222
• Diagnostic procedure 222
• Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 222
• Ec 222 222
• Cr with euro obd 223
• Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 223
• Ec 223 223
• Cr with euro obd 224
• Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 224
• Ec 224 224
• Check intermittent incident 225
• Cr with euro obd 225
• Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 225
• Ec 225 225
• Inspection end 225
• Refer to ec 127 trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident 225
• Cr with euro obd 226
• Dtc confirmation procedure 226
• Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 226
• Ec 226 226
• If it is difficult to start engine at step 6 the fuel injection system has a malfunction too 8 crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal 226
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 226
• On board diagnosis logic 226
• Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 turn ignition switch on and select self learning cont in work support mode with con sult ii 4 clear the self learning control coefficient by touching clear 5 select data monitor mode with consult ii 6 start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes the 1st trip dtc p0172 should be detected at this stage if a malfunction exists if so go to ec 230 diagnostic procedure note if 1st trip dtc is not detected during above procedure perform ing the following procedure is advised a turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds b start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data for a certain time refer to the table below hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 226
• The similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data means the vehicle operation that the following con ditions should be satisfied at the same time 226
• With consult ii 226
• With the air fuel mixture ratio self learning control the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1 the ecm calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios in case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large the actual mixture ratio is too rich the ecm judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the mi 2 trip detection logic 226
• Cr with euro obd 227
• Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 227
• Ec 227 227
• With gst 227
• Cr with euro obd 229
• Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 229
• Ec 229 229
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 229
• Cr with euro obd 230
• Diagnostic procedure 230
• Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 230
• Ec 230 230
• Cr with euro obd 231
• Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 231
• Ec 231 231
• Cr with euro obd 232
• Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 232
• Ec 232 232
• Component description 233
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 233
• Cr with euro obd 233
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 233
• Ec 233 233
• Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 233
• Fail safe mode 233
• On board diagnosis logic 233
• Specification data are reference values 233
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 233
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 233
• Cr with euro obd 234
• Dtc confirmation procedure 234
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 234
• Ec 234 234
• With consult ii 234
• With gst 234
• Cr with euro obd 235
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 235
• Ec 235 235
• Wiring diagram 235
• Cr with euro obd 236
• Diagnostic procedure 236
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 236
• Ec 236 236
• Ok or ng 236
• Repair or replace ground connections 236
• Retighten ground connections 236
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 236
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 236
• Cr with euro obd 237
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 237
• Ec 237 237
• Cr with euro obd 238
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 238
• Ec 238 238
• Component inspection 239
• Cr with euro obd 239
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 239
• Ec 239 239
• Electric throttle control actuator 239
• Removal and installation 239
• Throttle position sensor 239
• Caution always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv ing note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 240
• Cr with euro obd 240
• Dtc confirmation procedure 240
• Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 240
• Ec 240 240
• On board diagnosis logic 240
• The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions 1 one trip detection logic three way catalyst damage on the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst twc due to over heating the mi will blink when a misfire condition occurs the ecm monitors the ckp sensor pos signal every 200 engine revo lutions for a change when the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the twc the mi will turn off if another misfire condition occurs that can damage the twc on a second trip the mi will blink when the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the twc the mi will remain on if another misfire condition occurs that can damage the twc the mi will begin to blink again 2 two trip detection logic exhaust quality deterioration for misfire conditions that will not damage the twc but will affect vehicle emissions the mi will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip during this condition the ecm mo 240
• When a misfire occurs engine speed will fluctuate if the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank shaft position ckp sensor pos signal to vary ecm can determine that a misfire is occurring 240
• Cr with euro obd 241
• Diagnostic procedure 241
• Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 241
• Ec 241 241
• With consult ii 241
• With gst 241
• Cr with euro obd 242
• Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 242
• Ec 242 242
• Cr with euro obd 243
• Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 243
• Ec 243 243
• Cr with euro obd 244
• Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 244
• Ec 244 244
• Cr with euro obd 245
• Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 245
• Ec 245 245
• Component description 246
• Cr with euro obd 246
• Dtc confirmation procedure 246
• Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 246
• Ec 246 246
• On board diagnosis logic 246
• With consult ii 246
• With gst 246
• Cr with euro obd 247
• Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 247
• Ec 247 247
• Wiring diagram 247
• Cr with euro obd 248
• Diagnostic procedure 248
• Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 248
• Ec 248 248
• Component inspection 249
• Cr with euro obd 249
• Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 249
• Ec 249 249
• Knock sensor 249
• Removal and installation 249
• Component description 250
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 250
• Cr with euro obd 250
• Dtc confirmation procedure 250
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 250
• Ec 250 250
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 v with igni tion switch on 250
• On board diagnosis logic 250
• Specification data are reference values 250
• The crankshaft position sensor pos is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth cogs of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft it detects the fluctuation of the engine rev olution the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when the engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes the ecm receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure 250
• Cr with euro obd 251
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 251
• Ec 251 251
• Follow the procedure with consult ii above 251
• Turn ignition switch on and select data monitor mode with consult ii 2 crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 sec onds at idle speed 3 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 254 diagnostic procedure 251
• With consult ii 251
• With gst 251
• Cr with euro obd 253
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 253
• Ec 253 253
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 253
• Cr with euro obd 254
• Diagnostic procedure 254
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 254
• Ec 254 254
• Cr with euro obd 255
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 255
• Ec 255 255
• Component inspection 256
• Cr with euro obd 256
• Crankshaft position sensor pos 256
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 256
• Ec 256 256
• Removal and installation 256
• Component description 257
• Cr with euro obd 257
• Dtc confirmation procedure 257
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 257
• Ec 257 257
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 v with igni tion switch on 257
• On board diagnosis logic 257
• The camshaft position sensor phase senses the retraction of camshaft intake to identify a particular cylinder the camshaft posi tion sensor phase senses the piston position when the crankshaft position sensor pos system becomes inoper ative the camshaft position sensor phase provides various con trols of engine parts instead utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure 257
• Turn ignition switch on 257
• With consult ii 257
• Cr with euro obd 258
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 258
• Ec 258 258
• With gst 258
• Cr with euro obd 259
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 259
• Ec 259 259
• Wiring diagram 259
• Check starting system 260
• Check starting system refer to sc 45 starting system 260
• Cr with euro obd 260
• Diagnostic procedure 260
• Does the engine turn over does the starter motor operate 260
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 260
• Ec 260 260
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 260
• Turn ignition switch to start position 260
• Yes or no 260
• Cr with euro obd 261
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 261
• Ec 261 261
• Cr with euro obd 262
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 262
• Ec 262 262
• Camshaft position sensor phase 263
• Check resistance as shown in the figure 263
• Component inspection 263
• Cr with euro obd 263
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 263
• Ec 263 263
• Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor 2 disconnect camshaft position sensor phase harness connector 3 remove the sensor 4 visually check the sensor for chipping 263
• Refer to em 38 camshaft 263
• Removal and installation 263
• Cr with euro obd 264
• Dtc confirmation procedure 264
• Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 264
• Ec 264 264
• On board diagnosis logic 264
• With consult ii 264
• Cr with euro obd 265
• Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 265
• Ec 265 265
• Overall function check 265
• With gst 265
• Cr with euro obd 266
• Diagnostic procedure 266
• Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 266
• Ec 266 266
• Cr with euro obd 267
• Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 267
• Ec 267 267
• Cr with euro obd 268
• Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 268
• Ec 268 268
• Check intermittent incident 269
• Cr with euro obd 269
• Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 269
• Ec 269 269
• Refer to ec 127 trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident 269
• Replace three way catalyst manifold 269
• Component description 270
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 270
• Cr with euro obd 270
• Description 270
• Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 270
• Ec 270 270
• On board diagnosis logic 270
• Specification data are reference values 270
• System description 270
• The evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a on off duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canis ter the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by on off pulses from the ecm the longer the on pulse the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve 270
• This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister the opening of the vapor by pass pas sage in the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats on off operation according to the signal sent from the ecm the opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control the optimum value stored in the ecm is determined by considering various engine conditions when the engine is operating the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister is regulated as the air flow changes 270
• Cr with euro obd 271
• Dtc confirmation procedure 271
• Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 271
• Ec 271 271
• With consult ii 271
• With gst 271
• Cr with euro obd 273
• Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 273
• Ec 273 273
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 273
• Cr with euro obd 274
• Diagnostic procedure 274
• Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 274
• Ec 274 274
• Component inspection 275
• Cr with euro obd 275
• Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 275
• Ec 275 275
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve with consult ii 275
• Without consult ii 275
• Cr with euro obd 277
• Description 277
• Dtc confirmation procedure 277
• Dtc p0500 vss 277
• Ec 277 277
• On board diagnosis logic 277
• With consult ii 277
• Cr with euro obd 278
• Diagnostic procedure 278
• Dtc p0500 vss 278
• Ec 278 278
• Overall function check 278
• With gst 278
• Component description 279
• Cr with euro obd 279
• Dtc confirmation procedure 279
• Dtc p0605 ecm 279
• Ec 279 279
• Fail safe mode 279
• On board diagnosis logic 279
• Procedure for malfunction a with consult ii 279
• With gst 279
• Cr with euro obd 280
• Diagnostic procedure 280
• Dtc p0605 ecm 280
• Ec 280 280
• Procedure for malfunction b with consult ii 280
• Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii 280
• With gst 280
• Cr with euro obd 281
• Dtc p0605 ecm 281
• Ec 281 281
• Component description 282
• Cr with euro obd 282
• Dtc confirmation procedure 282
• Dtc p1065 ecm power supply 282
• Ec 282 282
• On board diagnosis logic 282
• With consult ii 282
• With gst 282
• Cr with euro obd 283
• Dtc p1065 ecm power supply 283
• Ec 283 283
• Wiring diagram 283
• Cr with euro obd 284
• Diagnostic procedure 284
• Dtc p1065 ecm power supply 284
• Ec 284 284
• Cr with euro obd 285
• Dtc p1065 ecm power supply 285
• Ec 285 285
• Component description 286
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 286
• Cr with euro obd 286
• Dtc confirmation procedure 286
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 286
• Ec 286 286
• Following the procedure with consult ii above 286
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by on off pulse duty ratio signals from the ecm the intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit or stops oil flow the longer pulse width advances valve angle the shorter pulse width retards valve angle when on and off pulse widths become equal the solenoid valve stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control position 286
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 286
• On board diagnosis logic 286
• Specification data are reference values 286
• Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds 4 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 289 diagnostic procedure 286
• With consult ii 286
• With gst 286
• Cr with euro obd 287
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 287
• Ec 287 287
• Wiring diagram 287
• Cr with euro obd 288
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 288
• Ec 288 288
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 288
• Cr with euro obd 289
• Diagnostic procedure 289
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 289
• Ec 289 289
• Component inspection 290
• Cr with euro obd 290
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 290
• Ec 290 290
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 290
• Removal and installation 290
• Component description 291
• Cr with euro obd 291
• Dtc confirmation procedure 291
• Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 291
• Ec 291 291
• Fail safe mode 291
• On board diagnosis logic 291
• Procedure for malfunction a and b with consult ii 291
• Cr with euro obd 292
• Diagnostic procedure 292
• Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 292
• Ec 292 292
• Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii 292
• With gst 292
• Cr with euro obd 293
• Description 293
• Dtc confirmation procedure 293
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 293
• Ec 293 293
• Fail safe mode 293
• On board diagnosis logic 293
• With consult ii 293
• With gst 293
• Check ground connections 295
• Cr with euro obd 295
• Diagnostic procedure 295
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 295
• Ec 295 295
• Ok or ng 295
• Repair or replace ground connections 295
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 295
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 295
• Cr with euro obd 296
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 296
• Ec 296 296
• Cr with euro obd 297
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 297
• Ec 297 297
• Component inspection 298
• Cr with euro obd 298
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 298
• Ec 298 298
• Electric throttle control actuator 298
• Removal and installation 298
• Throttle control motor 298
• Component description 299
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 299
• Cr with euro obd 299
• Dtc confirmation procedure 299
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 299
• Ec 299 299
• Fail safe mode 299
• Follow the procedure with consult ii above 299
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 299
• On board diagnosis logic 299
• Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ecm via throttle control motor relay the throttle control motor relay is on off controlled by the ecm when the ignition switch is turned on the ecm sends an on signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ecm when the ignition switch is turned off the ecm sends an off signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ecm 299
• Procedure for dtc p1124 299
• Specification data are reference values 299
• Testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 8v 299
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 299
• Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 1 second 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if dtc is detected go to ec 302 diagnostic procedure 299
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 299
• With consult ii 299
• With gst 299
• Cr with euro obd 300
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 300
• Ec 300 300
• Procedure for dtc p1126 with consult ii 300
• With gst 300
• Cr with euro obd 301
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 301
• Ec 301 301
• Wiring diagram 301
• Check throttle control motor relay power supply circuit i 302
• Cr with euro obd 302
• Diagnostic procedure 302
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 302
• Ec 302 302
• Go to 2 302
• Ok or ng 302
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 302
• Turn ignition switch off 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 104 and ground with consult ii or tester 302
• Voltage battery voltage 302
• Cr with euro obd 303
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 303
• Ec 303 303
• Cr with euro obd 304
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 304
• Ec 304 304
• Component description 305
• Cr with euro obd 305
• Dtc confirmation procedure 305
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 305
• Ec 305 305
• Fail safe mode 305
• On board diagnosis logic 305
• With consult ii 305
• With gst 305
• Check ground connections 307
• Cr with euro obd 307
• Diagnostic procedure 307
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 307
• Ec 307 307
• Ok or ng 307
• Repair or replace ground connections 307
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 307
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 307
• Component inspection 308
• Cr with euro obd 308
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 308
• Ec 308 308
• Throttle control motor 308
• Cr with euro obd 309
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 309
• Ec 309 309
• Electric throttle control actuator 309
• Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct 309
• Removal and installation 309
• Component description 310
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 310
• Cr with euro obd 310
• Dtc p1143 ho2s1 310
• Ec 310 310
• On board diagnosis logic 310
• Specification data are reference values 310
• The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 310
• To judge the malfunction the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low when both the outputs are shifting to the lean side the malfunction will be detected 310
• Cr with euro obd 311
• Dtc confirmation procedure 311
• Dtc p1143 ho2s1 311
• Ec 311 311
• With consult ii 311
• Cr with euro obd 312
• Diagnostic procedure 312
• Dtc p1143 ho2s1 312
• Ec 312 312
• Overall function check 312
• With gst 312
• Cr with euro obd 313
• Dtc p1143 ho2s1 313
• Ec 313 313
• Component inspection 314
• Cr with euro obd 314
• Dtc p1143 ho2s1 314
• Ec 314 314
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 314
• Cr with euro obd 315
• Dtc p1143 ho2s1 315
• Ec 315 315
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 315
• Removal and installation 315
• Without consult ii 315
• Component description 316
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 316
• Cr with euro obd 316
• Dtc p1144 ho2s1 316
• Ec 316 316
• On board diagnosis logic 316
• Specification data are reference values 316
• The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 316
• To judge the malfunction the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low when both the outputs are shifting to the rich side the malfunction will be detected 316
• Cr with euro obd 317
• Dtc confirmation procedure 317
• Dtc p1144 ho2s1 317
• Ec 317 317
• With consult ii 317
• Cr with euro obd 318
• Diagnostic procedure 318
• Dtc p1144 ho2s1 318
• Ec 318 318
• Overall function check 318
• With gst 318
• Cr with euro obd 319
• Dtc p1144 ho2s1 319
• Ec 319 319
• Component inspection 320
• Cr with euro obd 320
• Dtc p1144 ho2s1 320
• Ec 320 320
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 320
• Cr with euro obd 321
• Dtc p1144 ho2s1 321
• Ec 321 321
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 321
• Removal and installation 321
• Without consult ii 321
• Caution always drive vehicle at a safe speed note 322
• Completed will appear on consult ii screen when all tests cond1 cond2 and cond3 are completed 322
• Component description 322
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 322
• Cr with euro obd 322
• Dtc confirmation procedure 322
• Dtc p1146 ho2s2 322
• Ec 322 322
• If dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition never stop engine during this procedure if the engine is stopped retry procedure from step 2 in pro cedure for cond1 322
• On board diagnosis logic 322
• Specification data are reference values 322
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 322
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel cut 322
• Cr with euro obd 323
• Dtc p1146 ho2s2 323
• Ec 323 323
• Procedure for cond2 323
• With consult ii procedure for cond1 323
• Cr with euro obd 324
• Dtc p1146 ho2s2 324
• Ec 324 324
• Overall function check 324
• Procedure for cond3 324
• With gst 324
• Cr with euro obd 325
• Dtc p1146 ho2s2 325
• Ec 325 325
• Wiring diagram 325
• Check ground connections 326
• Cr with euro obd 326
• Diagnostic procedure 326
• Dtc p1146 ho2s2 326
• Ec 326 326
• Ok or ng 326
• Repair or replace ground connections 326
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 326
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 326
• Cr with euro obd 327
• Dtc p1146 ho2s2 327
• Ec 327 327
• Component inspection 328
• Cr with euro obd 328
• Dtc p1146 ho2s2 328
• Ec 328 328
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 328
• Cr with euro obd 329
• Dtc p1146 ho2s2 329
• Ec 329 329
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 329
• Removal and installation 329
• Without consult ii 329
• Component description 330
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 330
• Cr with euro obd 330
• Dtc p1147 ho2s2 330
• Ec 330 330
• On board diagnosis logic 330
• Specification data are reference values 330
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 330
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut 330
• Cr with euro obd 331
• Dtc confirmation procedure 331
• Dtc p1147 ho2s2 331
• Ec 331 331
• With consult ii procedure for cond1 331
• Cr with euro obd 332
• Dtc p1147 ho2s2 332
• Ec 332 332
• Overall function check 332
• Procedure for cond2 332
• Procedure for cond3 332
• With gst 332
• Cr with euro obd 333
• Dtc p1147 ho2s2 333
• Ec 333 333
• Wiring diagram 333
• Check ground connections 334
• Cr with euro obd 334
• Diagnostic procedure 334
• Dtc p1147 ho2s2 334
• Ec 334 334
• Ok or ng 334
• Repair or replace ground connections 334
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 334
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 334
• Cr with euro obd 335
• Dtc p1147 ho2s2 335
• Ec 335 335
• Component inspection 336
• Cr with euro obd 336
• Dtc p1147 ho2s2 336
• Ec 336 336
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 336
• Cr with euro obd 337
• Dtc p1147 ho2s2 337
• Ec 337 337
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 337
• Removal and installation 337
• Without consult ii 337
• Cr with euro obd 338
• Dtc confirmation procedure 338
• Dtc p1171 intake error 338
• Ec 338 338
• Fail safe mode 338
• On board diagnosis logic 338
• With consult ii 338
• With gst 338
• Cr with euro obd 339
• Dtc p1171 intake error 339
• Ec 339 339
• Wiring diagram 339
• Check intake air leak 340
• Check intake manifold vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection refer to ec 92 vacuum hose draw ing ok or ng 340
• Check vacuum hose 340
• Cr with euro obd 340
• Diagnostic procedure 340
• Dtc p1171 intake error 340
• Ec 340 340
• Listen for an intake air leak after the air cleaner element ok or ng 340
• Repair or replace 340
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 340
• Cr with euro obd 341
• Dtc p1171 intake error 341
• Ec 341 341
• Cr with euro obd 342
• Dtc p1171 intake error 342
• Ec 342 342
• Cr with euro obd 343
• Description 343
• Diagnostic procedure 343
• Dtc confirmation procedure 343
• Dtc p1211 tcs control unit 343
• Ec 343 343
• On board diagnosis logic 343
• With consult ii 343
• With gst 343
• Cr with euro obd 344
• Description 344
• Diagnostic procedure 344
• Dtc confirmation procedure 344
• Dtc p1212 tcs communication line 344
• Ec 344 344
• On board diagnosis logic 344
• With consult ii 344
• With gst 344
• Cooling fan control 345
• Cr with euro obd 345
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 345
• Ec 345 345
• If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 134 dtc u1001 can communication line 345
• If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1010 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 137 dtc u1010 can communication 345
• Operation models with a c 345
• System description 345
• The ecm controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and air conditioner on signal the control system has 3 step control high low off models with a c or 2 step control on off models without a c the ecm controls cooling fan relays through can communication line 345
• Caution when a malfunction is indicated be sure to replace the coolant refer to co 9 changing engine coolant also replace the engine oil refer to lu 7 changing engine oil 1 fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio refer to ma 26 engine coolant mixture ratio 346
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 346
• Cr with euro obd 346
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 346
• Ec 346 346
• If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions engine coolant temperature will rise when the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition a malfunction is indicated this self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 346
• Models without a c 346
• On board diagnosis logic 346
• Specification data are reference values 346
• Cr with euro obd 347
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 347
• Ec 347 347
• Overall function check 347
• With consult ii 347
• With gst models with air conditioner 347
• Cr with euro obd 348
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 348
• Ec 348 348
• Models without air conditioner 348
• Cr with euro obd 349
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 349
• Ec 349 349
• Models with air conditioner 349
• Wiring diagram 349
• Cr with euro obd 351
• Diagnostic procedure 351
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 351
• Ec 351 351
• Procedure for models with air conditioner 351
• Cr with euro obd 352
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 352
• Ec 352 352
• Cr with euro obd 353
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 353
• Ec 353 353
• Procedure a 353
• Cr with euro obd 354
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 354
• Ec 354 354
• Procedure b 354
• Cr with euro obd 355
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 355
• Ec 355 355
• Procedure for models without air conditioner 355
• Cr with euro obd 356
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 356
• Ec 356 356
• Procedure a 356
• Also check harness for short to ground and short to power ok or ng 357
• Check cooling fan motor 357
• Check cooling fan motors circuit 357
• Check intermittent incident 357
• Check the following 357
• Continuity should exist 357
• Cr with euro obd 357
• Detect malfunctioning part 357
• Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector 2 check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 1 and ipdm e r terminal 10 cooling fan motor terminal 2 and ground refer to wiring diagram 357
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 357
• Ec 357 357
• Go to 4 357
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground 357
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ipdm e r 357
• Main 12 causes of overheating 357
• Perform ec 127 trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident ok or ng 357
• Refer to ec 358 component inspection ok or ng 357
• Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors 357
• Repair or replace harness or connector 357
• Replace cooling fan motor 357
• Replace ipdm e r refer to pg 18 ipdm e r intelligent power distribution mod 357
• Component inspection 358
• Cooling fan motor 358
• Cr with euro obd 358
• Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector 2 supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation 358
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 358
• Ec 358 358
• Component description 359
• Cr with euro obd 359
• Dtc confirmation procedure 359
• Dtc p1225 tp sensor 359
• Ec 359 359
• On board diagnosis logic 359
• With consult ii 359
• With gst 359
• Cr with euro obd 360
• Diagnostic procedure 360
• Dtc p1225 tp sensor 360
• Ec 360 360
• Electric throttle control actuator 360
• Removal and installation 360
• Component description 361
• Cr with euro obd 361
• Dtc confirmation procedure 361
• Dtc p1226 tp sensor 361
• Ec 361 361
• On board diagnosis logic 361
• With consult ii 361
• With gst 361
• Cr with euro obd 362
• Diagnostic procedure 362
• Dtc p1226 tp sensor 362
• Ec 362 362
• Electric throttle control actuator 362
• Removal and installation 362
• Cr with euro obd 363
• Dtc confirmation procedure 363
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 363
• Ec 363 363
• Fail safe mode 363
• Follow the procedure with consult ii above 363
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10v at idle 363
• On board diagnosis logic 363
• This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 363
• Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 start engine and let it idle for 1 second 4 if dtc is detected go to ec 368 diagnostic procedure 363
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 363
• With consult ii 363
• With gst 363
• Cr with euro obd 365
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 365
• Ec 365 365
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 365
• Cr with euro obd 367
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 367
• Ec 367 367
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 367
• Cr with euro obd 368
• Diagnostic procedure 368
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 368
• Ec 368 368
• Cr with euro obd 369
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 369
• Ec 369 369
• Cr with euro obd 370
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 370
• Ec 370 370
• Caution always drive vehicle at a safe speed note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 371
• Component description 371
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 371
• Cr with euro obd 371
• Dtc confirmation procedure 371
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 371
• Ec 371 371
• If 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 374 diagnostic procedure 371
• If ng go to ec 374 diagnostic procedure if ok go to following step 3 select data monitor mode with consult ii 4 start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 5 maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec onds 371
• On board diagnosis logic 371
• Specification data are reference values 371
• Turn ignition switch on 2 select p n posi sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii then check the p n posi sw signal under the follow ing conditions 371
• When the shift lever position is neutral park neutral position pnp switch is on ecm detects the position because the continuity of the line the on signal exists 371
• With consult ii 371
• Cr with euro obd 372
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 372
• Ec 372 372
• Overall function check 372
• With gst 372
• Cr with euro obd 373
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 373
• Ec 373 373
• Wiring diagram 373
• Cr with euro obd 374
• Diagnostic procedure 374
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 374
• Ec 374 374
• Cr with euro obd 375
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 375
• Ec 375 375
• Cr with euro obd 376
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 376
• Ec 376 376
• Brake switch signal is applied to the ecm through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed this signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving 377
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 377
• Cr with euro obd 377
• Description 377
• Dtc confirmation procedure 377
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 377
• Ec 377 377
• Fail safe mode 377
• On board diagnosis logic 377
• Specification data are reference values 377
• The mi will not light up for this self diagnosis 377
• Turn ignition switch on 2 fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds 3 erase the dtc with consult ii 4 select data monitor mode with consult ii 5 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 380 diagnostic procedure 377
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode 377
• With consult ii 377
• Cr with euro obd 379
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 379
• Ec 379 379
• Wiring diagram 379
• Cr with euro obd 380
• Diagnostic procedure 380
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 380
• Ec 380 380
• Cr with euro obd 381
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 381
• Ec 381 381
• Component inspection 382
• Cr with euro obd 382
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 382
• Ec 382 382
• Stop lamp switch 382
• Component description 383
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 383
• Cr with euro obd 383
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 383
• Ec 383 383
• Fail safe mode 383
• On board diagnosis logic 383
• Specification data are reference values 383
• The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 383
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2122 or p2123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 363 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 383
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 383
• Cr with euro obd 384
• Dtc confirmation procedure 384
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 384
• Ec 384 384
• With consult ii 384
• With gst 384
• Cr with euro obd 385
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 385
• Ec 385 385
• Lhd models 385
• Wiring diagram 385
• Cr with euro obd 386
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 386
• Ec 386 386
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 386
• Cr with euro obd 387
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 387
• Ec 387 387
• Rhd models 387
• Check ground connections 388
• Cr with euro obd 388
• Diagnostic procedure 388
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 388
• Ec 388 388
• Ok or ng 388
• Repair or replace ground connections 388
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 388
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 388
• Cr with euro obd 389
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 389
• Ec 389 389
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 390
• Component inspection 390
• Cr with euro obd 390
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 390
• Ec 390 390
• Accelerator pedal 391
• Cr with euro obd 391
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 391
• Ec 391 391
• Removal and installation 391
• Component description 392
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 392
• Cr with euro obd 392
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 392
• Ec 392 392
• Fail safe mode 392
• On board diagnosis logic 392
• Specification data are reference values 392
• The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 392
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 392
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 392
• Cr with euro obd 393
• Dtc confirmation procedure 393
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 393
• Ec 393 393
• With consult ii 393
• With gst 393
• Cr with euro obd 395
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 395
• Ec 395 395
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 395
• Check ground connections 397
• Cr with euro obd 397
• Diagnostic procedure 397
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 397
• Ec 397 397
• Ok or ng 397
• Repair or replace ground connections 397
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 397
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 397
• Cr with euro obd 398
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 398
• Ec 398 398
• Cr with euro obd 399
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 399
• Ec 399 399
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 400
• Component inspection 400
• Cr with euro obd 400
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 400
• Ec 400 400
• Accelerator pedal 401
• Cr with euro obd 401
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 401
• Ec 401 401
• Removal and installation 401
• Component description 402
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 402
• Cr with euro obd 402
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 402
• Ec 402 402
• Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 402
• Fail safe mode 402
• On board diagnosis logic 402
• Specification data are reference values 402
• This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 402
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 402
• Cr with euro obd 403
• Dtc confirmation procedure 403
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 403
• Ec 403 403
• With consult ii 403
• With gst 403
• Check ground connections 405
• Cr with euro obd 405
• Diagnostic procedure 405
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 405
• Ec 405 405
• Ok or ng 405
• Repair or replace ground connections 405
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 405
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 405
• Cr with euro obd 406
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 406
• Ec 406 406
• Cr with euro obd 407
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 407
• Ec 407 407
• Component inspection 408
• Cr with euro obd 408
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 408
• Ec 408 408
• Electric throttle control actuator 408
• Removal and installation 408
• Throttle position sensor 408
• Component description 409
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 409
• Cr with euro obd 409
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 409
• Ec 409 409
• Fail safe mode 409
• On board diagnosis logic 409
• Specification data are reference values 409
• The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 409
• This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2138 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 363 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 409
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 409
• Cr with euro obd 410
• Dtc confirmation procedure 410
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 410
• Ec 410 410
• With consult ii 410
• With gst 410
• Cr with euro obd 411
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 411
• Ec 411 411
• Lhd models 411
• Wiring diagram 411
• Cr with euro obd 412
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 412
• Ec 412 412
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 412
• Cr with euro obd 413
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 413
• Ec 413 413
• Rhd models 413
• Check ground connections 414
• Cr with euro obd 414
• Diagnostic procedure 414
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 414
• Ec 414 414
• Ok or ng 414
• Repair or replace ground connections 414
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 414
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 414
• Cr with euro obd 415
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 415
• Ec 415 415
• Cr with euro obd 416
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 416
• Ec 416 416
• Cr with euro obd 417
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 417
• Ec 417 417
• Accelerator pedal 418
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 418
• Component inspection 418
• Cr with euro obd 418
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 418
• Ec 418 418
• Removal and installation 418
• Check load signal circuit overall function i 419
• Check load signal circuit overall function ii 419
• Check load signal indication under the following conditions 419
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 419
• Cr with euro obd 419
• Description 419
• Diagnostic procedure 419
• Ec 419 419
• Electrical load signal 419
• Go to 4 419
• Go to 5 419
• Ok or ng 419
• Specification data are reference values 419
• The electrical load signal headlamp switch signal rear window defogger switch signal etc is transferred through the can communication line from ipdm e r to ecm 419
• Turn ignition switch on 2 connect consult ii and select data monitor mode 3 select load signal and check indication under the following conditions 419
• Cr with euro obd 420
• Ec 420 420
• Electrical load signal 420
• Component description 421
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 421
• Cr with euro obd 421
• Ec 421 421
• Fuel injector 421
• Specification data are reference values 421
• The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injec tor is energized the energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs 421
• Cr with euro obd 423
• Diagnostic procedure 423
• Ec 423 423
• Fuel injector 423
• Go to 3 423
• Inspection start 423
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 423
• Turn ignition switch to start is any cylinder ignited yes or no 423
• Cr with euro obd 424
• Ec 424 424
• Fuel injector 424
• Cr with euro obd 425
• Ec 425 425
• Fuel injector 425
• Component inspection 426
• Cr with euro obd 426
• Ec 426 426
• Fuel injector 426
• Removal and installation 426
• A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank 427
• Component description 427
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 427
• Cr with euro obd 427
• Description 427
• Ec 427 427
• Fuel pump 427
• Specification data are reference values 427
• System description 427
• The ecm activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine startability if the ecm receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor pos and cam shaft position sensor phase it knows that the engine is rotating and causes the pump to operate if the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is on the engine stalls the ecm stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging thereby improving safety the ecm does not directly drive the fuel pump it controls the on off fuel pump relay which in turn controls the fuel pump 427
• Cr with euro obd 429
• Diagnostic procedure 429
• Ec 429 429
• Fuel pump 429
• Cr with euro obd 430
• Ec 430 430
• Fuel pump 430
• Component inspection 431
• Cr with euro obd 431
• Ec 431 431
• Fuel pump 431
• Cr with euro obd 432
• Ec 432 432
• Fuel pump 432
• Removal and installation 432
• Component description 433
• Cr with euro obd 433
• Ec 433 433
• Ignition coil power transistor 433
• Ignition signal 433
• The ignition signal from the ecm is sent to and amplified by the power transistor the power transistor turns on and off the ignition coil primary circuit this on off operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit 433
• Cr with euro obd 435
• Ec 435 435
• Ignition signal 435
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 435
• Check engine start 437
• Check overall function 437
• Cr with euro obd 437
• Diagnostic procedure 437
• Ec 437 437
• Go to 10 437
• Go to 4 437
• Ignition signal 437
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 437
• Turn ignition switch off and restart engine is engine running yes or no 437
• With consult ii 1 perform power balance in active test mode with consult ii 2 make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop ok or ng 437
• Cr with euro obd 438
• Ec 438 438
• Ignition signal 438
• Cr with euro obd 439
• Ec 439 439
• Ignition signal 439
• Cr with euro obd 440
• Ec 440 440
• Ignition signal 440
• Component inspection 441
• Cr with euro obd 441
• Ec 441 441
• Ignition coil with power transistor 441
• Ignition signal 441
• Condenser 442
• Cr with euro obd 442
• Ec 442 442
• Ignition coil with power transistor 442
• Ignition signal 442
• Removal and installation 442
• Component description 443
• Cr with euro obd 443
• Ec 443 443
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 443
• The refrigerant pressure sensor 1 is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system the sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage the voltage signal is sent to ecm and ecm controls cooling fan system 443
• Check ground connections 445
• Check refrigerant pressure sensor overall function 445
• Cr with euro obd 445
• Diagnostic procedure 445
• Ec 445 445
• Go to 2 445
• Ok or ng 445
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 445
• Repair or replace ground connections 445
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 445
• Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn a c switch and blower fan switch on 3 check voltage between ecm terminal 69 and ground with con sult ii or tester 445
• Turn a c switch and blower fan switch off 2 turn ignition switch off 3 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 133 ground inspection 445
• Voltage 1 4 v 445
• Cr with euro obd 446
• Ec 446 446
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 446
• Cr with euro obd 447
• Ec 447 447
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 447
• Removal and installation 447
• Calculated load value 449
• Camshaft position sensor phase 449
• Cr with euro obd 449
• Crankshaft position sensor pos 449
• Ec 449 449
• Engine coolant temperature sensor 449
• Fuel pressure 449
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater 449
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 449
• Idle speed 449
• Intake air temperature sensor 449
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 449
• Knock sensor 449
• Manifold absolute pressure sensor 449
• Refer to ec 256 component inspection 449
• Refer to ec 263 component inspection 449
• Service data and specifications sds 449
• Cr with euro obd 450
• Ec 450 450
• Fuel injector 450
• Fuel pump 450
• Service data and specifications sds 450
• Throttle control motor 450
• Cr without euro obd 451
• Dtc no index 451
• Ec 451 451
• If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 549 dtc u1001 can communication line 451
• If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 552 dtc u1010 can communication 451
• Index for dtc 451
• Cr without euro obd 452
• Ec 452 452
• Index for dtc 452
• Alphabetical index 453
• Cr without euro obd 453
• Ec 453 453
• If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 549 dtc u1001 can communication line 453
• If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 552 dtc u1010 can communication 453
• Index for dtc 453
• Cr without euro obd 454
• Ec 454 454
• Index for dtc 454
• Cr without euro obd 455
• Ec 455 455
• Lhd models 455
• Maintenance information 455
• On board diagnostic obd system of engine 455
• Precautions 455
• Precautions for procedures without cowl top cover 455
• Precautions for supplemental restraint system srs air bag and seat belt pre tensioner 455
• Rhd models 455
• Cr without euro obd 456
• Ec 456 456
• Precaution 456
• Precautions 456
• Cr without euro obd 457
• Ec 457 457
• Precautions 457
• Cr without euro obd 458
• Ec 458 458
• Precautions 458
• Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing wave radio can be kept smaller 459
• Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body 459
• Cr without euro obd 459
• Ec 459 459
• Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units 459
• Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm 8 in away from the harness of electronic controls do not let them run parallel for a long distance 459
• Precautions 459
• When installing c b ham radio or a mobile phone be sure to observe the following as it may adversely affect elec tronic control systems depending on installation location 459
• Cr without euro obd 460
• Ec 460 460
• Preparation 460
• Special service tools 460
• Commercial service tools 461
• Cr without euro obd 461
• Ec 461 461
• Preparation 461
• Cr without euro obd 463
• During acceleration 463
• During deceleration 463
• During high engine speed operation 463
• During warm up 463
• Ec 463 463
• Engine control system 463
• Hot engine operation 463
• Input output signal chart 463
• Mixture ratio feedback control closed loop control 463
• Multiport fuel injection mfi system 463
• System description 463
• The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ecm the ecm controls the length of time the valve remains open injection pulse duration the amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ecm memory the program value is preset by engine operating conditions these conditions are determined by input signals for engine speed and intake air volume from the crankshaft position sensor pos camshaft position sensor phase and the manifold absolute pressure sensor 463
• Various fuel injection increase decrease compensation 463
• When starting the engine 463
• Cr without euro obd 464
• Ec 464 464
• Engine control system 464
• Fuel injection timing 464
• Mixture ratio self learning control 464
• Open loop control 464
• Sequential multiport fuel injection system 464
• At idle 465
• At low battery voltage 465
• At starting 465
• Cr without euro obd 465
• During acceleration the knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies the basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti knocking zone if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions the retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions if engine knocking occurs the knock sensor monitors the condition the signal is transmitted to the ecm the ecm retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition 465
• During warm up 465
• Ec 465 465
• Electronic ignition ei system 465
• Engine control system 465
• Firing order 1 3 4 2 the ignition timing is controlled by the ecm to maintain the best air fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine the ignition timing data is stored in the ecm the ecm receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor signal comput ing this information ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor during the following conditions the ignition timing is revised by the ecm according to the other data stored in the ecm 465
• Fuel cut control at no load and high engine speed 465
• Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle in other words pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ecm the four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle this system is used when the engine is being started and or if the fail safe system cpu is operating 465
• Fuel shut off 465
• Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds 465
• Input output signal chart 465
• Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system 465
• System description 465
• Cr without euro obd 466
• Ec 466 466
• Engine control system 466
• System description 466
• Air conditioning cut control 467
• At high engine speeds 467
• Cr without euro obd 467
• Ec 467 467
• Input output signal chart 467
• System description 467
• This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used under the following conditions the air conditioner is turned off 467
• When cranking the engine 467
• When engine speed is excessively low 467
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed 467
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high 467
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed 467
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high 467
• Can communication 468
• Cr without euro obd 468
• Ec 468 468
• System description 468
• Cr without euro obd 469
• Description 469
• Ec 469 469
• Evaporative emission system 469
• System description 469
• The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system this reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the evap canister the fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the evap canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank the vapor in the evap canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ecm when the engine operates the flow rate of vapor controlled by evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and idling 469
• Cr without euro obd 471
• Ec 471 471
• Evaporative emission system 471
• Component inspection 472
• Cr without euro obd 472
• Ec 472 472
• Evap canister 472
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 472
• Evaporative emission system 472
• Fuel check valve 472
• Fuel tank vacuum relief valve built into fuel filler cap 472
• Cr without euro obd 473
• Description 473
• Ec 473 473
• Nats nissan anti theft system 473
• Component inspection 474
• Cr without euro obd 474
• Description 474
• Ec 474 474
• Pcv positive crankcase ventilation valve 474
• Positive crankcase ventilation 474
• System description 474
• Check hoses and hose connections for leaks 2 disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air if any hose cannot be freed of obstructions replace 475
• Cr without euro obd 475
• Ec 475 475
• Pcv valve ventilation hose 475
• Positive crankcase ventilation 475
• Cr without euro obd 476
• Ec 476 476
• Emission related diagnostic information 476
• Emission related diagnostic information items 476
• Introduction 476
• On board diagnostic obd system 476
• The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below 476
• The ecm has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua tors the ecm also records various emission related diagnostic information including 476
• The malfunction indicator mi on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips two trip detection logic or when the ecm enters fail safe mode refer to ec 498 476
• The trip in the two trip detection logic means a driving mode in which self diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation when there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is a malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 476
• Two trip detection logic 476
• Cr without euro obd 477
• Dtc and 1st trip dtc 477
• Ec 477 477
• On board diagnostic obd system 477
• The 1st trip dtc whose number is the same as the dtc number is displayed for the latest self diagnostic result obtained if the ecm memory was cleared previously and the 1st trip dtc did not reoccur the 1st trip dtc will not be displayed if a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip the 1st trip dtc is stored in the ecm memory the mi will not light up two trip detection logic if the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip meeting the required driving pattern the 1st trip dtc is cleared from the ecm memory if the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip both the 1st trip dtc and dtc are stored in the ecm memory and the mi lights up in other words 477
• Cr without euro obd 478
• Ec 478 478
• Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data 478
• How to erase emission related diagnostic information how to erase dtc 478
• How to read dtc and 1st trip dtc 478
• On board diagnostic obd system 478
• Cr without euro obd 479
• Description 479
• Ec 479 479
• Malfunction indicator mi 479
• On board diagnostic obd system 479
• Cr without euro obd 480
• Diagnostic trouble codes 480
• Ec 480 480
• Freeze frame data 480
• How to switch diagnostic test mode 480
• If the ecm is in diagnostic test mode ii mi may flash when engine is running in this case check ecm diag nostic test mode ec 480 how to switch diagnostic test mode how to switch the diagnostic test function modes and details of the above functions are described later ec 480 how to switch diagnostic test mode the following emission related diagnostic information is cleared when the ecm memory is erased 480
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock 480
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction 480
• Mi flashing without dtc 480
• On board diagnostic obd system 480
• On board diagnostic system function 480
• St trip diagnostic trouble codes 480
• St trip freeze frame data 480
• The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions 480
• When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has a malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the a malfunction 480
• Cr without euro obd 481
• Diagnostic test mode i bulb check 481
• Diagnostic test mode i malfunction warning 481
• Diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 481
• Ec 481 481
• How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 481
• How to set diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor 481
• How to set diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 481
• On board diagnostic obd system 481
• Cr without euro obd 482
• Diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor 482
• Ec 482 482
• How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 482
• On board diagnostic obd system 482
• Basic inspection 483
• Basic service procedure 483
• Cr without euro obd 483
• Ec 483 483
• Basic service procedure 484
• Cr without euro obd 484
• Ec 484 484
• Basic service procedure 485
• Cr without euro obd 485
• Ec 485 485
• Accelerator pedal released position learning 486
• Basic service procedure 486
• Cr without euro obd 486
• Description 486
• Ec 486 486
• Idle air volume learning 486
• Idle speed check 486
• Idle speed with consult ii 486
• Operation procedure 486
• Preparation 486
• Throttle valve closed position learning 486
• Without consult ii 486
• Basic service procedure 487
• Cr without euro obd 487
• Ec 487 487
• Operation procedure with consult ii 487
• Without consult ii 487
• Basic service procedure 488
• Cr without euro obd 488
• Diagnostic procedure 488
• Ec 488 488
• Fuel pressure check 488
• Fuel pressure release with consult ii 488
• Basic service procedure 489
• Cr without euro obd 489
• Ec 489 489
• Fuel pressure check 489
• Without consult ii 489
• Basic service procedure 490
• Cr without euro obd 490
• Ec 490 490
• Cr without euro obd 491
• Ec 491 491
• Introduction 491
• Trouble diagnosis 491
• Trouble diagnosis introduction 491
• Cr without euro obd 493
• Detailed flow 493
• Ec 493 493
• Trouble diagnosis 493
• Cr without euro obd 494
• Ec 494 494
• Trouble diagnosis 494
• Cr without euro obd 495
• Diagnostic worksheet description 495
• Ec 495 495
• Trouble diagnosis 495
• Cr without euro obd 497
• Dtc inspection priority chart 497
• Ec 497 497
• If dtc u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 549 dtc u1001 can communication line 497
• If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 552 dtc u1010 can communication 497
• If some dtcs are displayed at the same time perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart note 497
• Trouble diagnosis 497
• Cr without euro obd 498
• Ec 498 498
• Fail safe chart 498
• Trouble diagnosis 498
• When the dtc listed bellow is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 498
• When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm can not warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is a malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses is continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system has a malfunction and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operate when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 498
• Cr without euro obd 499
• Ec 499 499
• Symptom matrix chart 499
• System basic engine control system 499
• Trouble diagnosis 499
• Cr without euro obd 500
• Ec 500 500
• System engine mechanical other 500
• Trouble diagnosis 500
• Cr without euro obd 501
• Ec 501 501
• Trouble diagnosis 501
• Cr without euro obd 502
• Ec 502 502
• Trouble diagnosis 502
• Cr without euro obd 503
• Ec 503 503
• Engine control component parts location 503
• Trouble diagnosis 503
• Cr without euro obd 504
• Ec 504 504
• Trouble diagnosis 504
• Cr without euro obd 505
• Ec 505 505
• Trouble diagnosis 505
• Cr without euro obd 506
• Ec 506 506
• Trouble diagnosis 506
• Cr without euro obd 507
• Ec 507 507
• Trouble diagnosis 507
• Cr without euro obd 508
• Ec 508 508
• Trouble diagnosis 508
• Cr without euro obd 509
• Ec 509 509
• Refer to ec 462 system diagram for vacuum control system 509
• Trouble diagnosis 509
• Vacuum hose drawing 509
• Cr without euro obd 511
• Ec 511 511
• Trouble diagnosis 511
• Cr without euro obd 512
• Ec 512 512
• Ecm harness connector terminal layout 512
• Ecm inspection table 512
• Ecm terminals and reference value 512
• Preparation 512
• Trouble diagnosis 512
• Cr without euro obd 513
• Ec 513 513
• Trouble diagnosis 513
• Cr without euro obd 514
• Ec 514 514
• Trouble diagnosis 514
• Cr without euro obd 515
• Ec 515 515
• Trouble diagnosis 515
• Cr without euro obd 516
• Ec 516 516
• Trouble diagnosis 516
• Cr without euro obd 517
• Ec 517 517
• Trouble diagnosis 517
• Cr without euro obd 518
• Ec 518 518
• Trouble diagnosis 518
• Consult ii function engine 519
• Cr without euro obd 519
• Ec 519 519
• Engine control component parts control systems application 519
• Function 519
• Trouble diagnosis 519
• Cr without euro obd 520
• Ec 520 520
• Trouble diagnosis 520
• Cr without euro obd 521
• Ec 521 521
• Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data 521
• Inspection procedure 521
• Refer to gi 38 consult ii data link connector dlc circuit 521
• Regarding items of dtc and 1st trip dtc refer to ec 476 emission related diagnostic informa tion items 521
• Self diag results mode self diagnostic item 521
• Trouble diagnosis 521
• Work support mode work item 521
• Cr without euro obd 522
• Data monitor mode monitored item 522
• Ec 522 522
• Trouble diagnosis 522
• Cr without euro obd 523
• Ec 523 523
• Trouble diagnosis 523
• Cr without euro obd 524
• Ec 524 524
• Trouble diagnosis 524
• Active test mode test item 525
• Cr without euro obd 525
• Data monitor spec mode monitored item 525
• Ec 525 525
• Trouble diagnosis 525
• Cr without euro obd 526
• Ec 526 526
• Operation 526
• Real time diagnosis in data monitor mode recording vehicle data description 526
• Trouble diagnosis 526
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 527
• Cr without euro obd 527
• Ec 527 527
• Trouble diagnosis 527
• Cr without euro obd 528
• Ec 528 528
• Trouble diagnosis 528
• Cr without euro obd 529
• Ec 529 529
• Trouble diagnosis 529
• Clsd thl pos accel sen 1 thrtl sen 1 530
• Cr without euro obd 530
• Ec 530 530
• Eng speed thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 ho2s1 b1 inj pulse b1 530
• Major sensor reference graph in data monitor mode 530
• Trouble diagnosis 530
• Cr without euro obd 531
• Ec 531 531
• Trouble diagnosis 531
• Cr without euro obd 532
• Description 532
• Ec 532 532
• Inspection procedure 532
• Testing condition 532
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 532
• Cr without euro obd 533
• Diagnostic procedure 533
• Ec 533 533
• Overall sequence 533
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 533
• Cr without euro obd 535
• Detailed procedure 535
• Ec 535 535
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 535
• Cr without euro obd 536
• Ec 536 536
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 536
• Cr without euro obd 537
• Ec 537 537
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 537
• Cr without euro obd 538
• Ec 538 538
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 538
• Cr without euro obd 539
• Ec 539 539
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 539
• Cr without euro obd 540
• Ec 540 540
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 540
• Cr without euro obd 541
• Ec 541 541
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 541
• Cr without euro obd 542
• Description 542
• Diagnostic procedure 542
• Ec 542 542
• Trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident 542
• Cr without euro obd 543
• Ec 543 543
• Power supply and ground circuit 543
• Wiring diagram 543
• A fuse 544
• Check ecm power supply circuit i 544
• Check the following 544
• Cr without euro obd 544
• Detect malfunctioning part 544
• Diagnostic procedure 544
• Ec 544 544
• Fuse block j b connector m7 544
• Go to 2 544
• Go to 3 544
• Harness connectors m1 e101 544
• Harness for open or short between ecm and fuse 544
• Inspection start 544
• Ok or ng 544
• Power supply and ground circuit 544
• Repair harness or connectors 544
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 544
• Start engine is engine running yes or no 544
• Turn ignition switch off and then on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 109 and ground with consult ii or tester 544
• Voltage battery voltage 544
• Cr without euro obd 545
• Ec 545 545
• Power supply and ground circuit 545
• Cr without euro obd 546
• Ec 546 546
• Power supply and ground circuit 546
• Cr without euro obd 547
• Ec 547 547
• Power supply and ground circuit 547
• Cr without euro obd 548
• Ec 548 548
• Ground inspection 548
• Power supply and ground circuit 548
• Cr without euro obd 549
• Description 549
• Dtc confirmation procedure 549
• Dtc u1001 can communication line 549
• Ec 549 549
• On board diagnosis logic 549
• Cr without euro obd 551
• Diagnostic procedure 551
• Dtc u1001 can communication line 551
• Ec 551 551
• Go to lan 3 precautions when using consult ii 551
• Cr without euro obd 552
• Description 552
• Dtc confirmation procedure 552
• Dtc u1010 can communication 552
• Ec 552 552
• On board diagnosis logic 552
• With consult ii 552
• Without consult ii 552
• Cr without euro obd 553
• Diagnostic procedure 553
• Dtc u1010 can communication 553
• Ec 553 553
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 554
• Cr without euro obd 554
• Description 554
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 554
• Ec 554 554
• Specification data are reference values 554
• System description 554
• This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve the ecm receives signals such as crankshaft position camshaft position engine speed and engine coolant temperature then the ecm sends on off pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status this makes it possible to control the shut open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low mid speed range and output in high speed range 554
• Caution always drive at a safe speed note 555
• Cr without euro obd 555
• Dtc confirmation procedure 555
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 555
• Ec 555 555
• Fail safe mode 555
• If dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is between 10v and 16v at idle 555
• If dtc p0011 is displayed with dtc p1111 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1111 see ec 630 555
• Let engine idle for 10 seconds 5 if the 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 556 diagnostic procedure if the 1st trip dtc is not detected go to next step 6 maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds 555
• On board diagnosis logic 555
• The mi will not light up for this self diagnosis 555
• Turn ignition switch on and select data monitor mode with consult ii 2 start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera ture 3 maintain the following conditions from at least 6 consecutive seconds hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 555
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode 555
• With consult ii 555
• Cr without euro obd 556
• Diagnostic procedure 556
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 556
• Ec 556 556
• Overall function check 556
• Without consult ii 556
• Component inspection 557
• Cr without euro obd 557
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 557
• Ec 557 557
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 557
• Cr without euro obd 558
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 558
• Ec 558 558
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 558
• Removal and installation 558
• Component description 559
• Cr without euro obd 559
• Dtc confirmation procedure 559
• Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 559
• Ec 559 559
• Fail safe mode 559
• On board diagnosis logic 559
• With consult ii 559
• Without consult ii 559
• Air duct 561
• Check intake system 561
• Check the following for connection 561
• Cr without euro obd 561
• Diagnostic procedure 561
• Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 561
• Ec 561 561
• Go to 2 561
• Inspection start 561
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold ok or ng 561
• Reconnect the parts 561
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 561
• Vacuum hoses 561
• Which malfunction p0107 or p0108 is duplicated p0107 or p0108 561
• Cr without euro obd 562
• Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 562
• Ec 562 562
• Component inspection 563
• Cr without euro obd 563
• Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 563
• Ec 563 563
• Manifold absolute pressure sensor 563
• Check the manifold absolute pressure sensor value corresponds to the atmospheric pressure 564
• Check the voltage between ecm terminal 51 and ground at idling and confirm the voltage difference between engine is stopped and at idling is within following chart 564
• Cr without euro obd 564
• Dtc p0107 p0108 manifold absolute pressure sensor 564
• Ec 564 564
• Manifold absolute pressure sensor 564
• Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct 564
• Removal and installation 564
• Start engine and let it idle 564
• Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 565
• Component description 565
• Cr without euro obd 565
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 565
• Ec 565 565
• Fail safe mode 565
• On board diagnosis logic 565
• The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature the sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ecm the modified signal returns to the ecm as the engine coolant temperature input the sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature the electrical resistance of the ther mistor decreases as temperature increases 565
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode 565
• Cr without euro obd 566
• Dtc confirmation procedure 566
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 566
• Ec 566 566
• With consult ii 566
• Without consult ii 566
• Cr without euro obd 567
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 567
• Ec 567 567
• Wiring diagram 567
• Cr without euro obd 568
• Diagnostic procedure 568
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 568
• Ec 568 568
• Component inspection 569
• Cr without euro obd 569
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 569
• Ec 569 569
• Engine coolant temperature sensor 569
• Removal and installation 569
• Component description 570
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 570
• Cr without euro obd 570
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 570
• Ec 570 570
• Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 570
• Fail safe mode 570
• On board diagnosis logic 570
• Specification data are reference values 570
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 570
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 570
• Cr without euro obd 571
• Dtc confirmation procedure 571
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 571
• Ec 571 571
• With consult ii 571
• Without consult ii 571
• Check ground connections 573
• Cr without euro obd 573
• Diagnostic procedure 573
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 573
• Ec 573 573
• Ok or ng 573
• Repair or replace ground connections 573
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 573
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 573
• Cr without euro obd 574
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 574
• Ec 574 574
• Cr without euro obd 575
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 575
• Ec 575 575
• Component inspection 576
• Cr without euro obd 576
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 576
• Ec 576 576
• Electric throttle control actuator 576
• Removal and installation 576
• Throttle position sensor 576
• Component description 577
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 577
• Cr without euro obd 577
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 577
• Ec 577 577
• On board diagnosis logic 577
• Specification data are reference values 577
• The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 577
• To judge the malfunction the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high 577
• Cr without euro obd 578
• Dtc confirmation procedure 578
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 578
• Ec 578 578
• With consult ii 578
• Without consult ii 578
• Cr without euro obd 579
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 579
• Ec 579 579
• Wiring diagram 579
• Check ground connections 580
• Cr without euro obd 580
• Diagnostic procedure 580
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 580
• Ec 580 580
• Ok or ng 580
• Repair or replace ground connections 580
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 580
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 580
• Cr without euro obd 581
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 581
• Ec 581 581
• Component inspection 582
• Cr without euro obd 582
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 582
• Ec 582 582
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 582
• Cr without euro obd 583
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 583
• Ec 583 583
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 583
• Removal and installation 583
• Without consult ii 583
• Component description 584
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 584
• Cr without euro obd 584
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 584
• Ec 584 584
• On board diagnosis logic 584
• Specification data are reference values 584
• The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 584
• Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is not input the ecm circuits will read a continuous approximately 0 v therefore for this diagnosis the time that output voltage is within 200 to 400 mv range is monitored and the diagnosis checks that this time is not inordinately long 584
• Cr without euro obd 585
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 585
• Ec 585 585
• Overall function check 585
• With consult ii 585
• Without consult ii 585
• Check ground connections 587
• Cr without euro obd 587
• Diagnostic procedure 587
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 587
• Ec 587 587
• Ok or ng 587
• Repair or replace ground connections 587
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 587
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 587
• Cr without euro obd 588
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 588
• Ec 588 588
• Component inspection 589
• Cr without euro obd 589
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 589
• Ec 589 589
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 589
• Without consult ii 589
• Cr without euro obd 590
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 590
• Ec 590 590
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 590
• Removal and installation 590
• Component description 591
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 591
• Cr without euro obd 591
• Dtc confirmation procedure 591
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 591
• Ec 591 591
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 591
• On board diagnosis logic 591
• Specification data are reference values 591
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 591
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut 591
• Cr without euro obd 592
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 592
• Ec 592 592
• With consult ii 592
• Without consult ii 592
• Cr without euro obd 593
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 593
• Ec 593 593
• Wiring diagram 593
• Check ground connections 594
• Cr without euro obd 594
• Diagnostic procedure 594
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 594
• Ec 594 594
• Ok or ng 594
• Repair or replace ground connections 594
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 594
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 594
• Cr without euro obd 595
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 595
• Ec 595 595
• Component inspection 596
• Cr without euro obd 596
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 596
• Ec 596 596
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 596
• Without consult ii 596
• Cr without euro obd 597
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 597
• Ec 597 597
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 597
• Removal and installation 597
• Component description 598
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 598
• Cr without euro obd 598
• Dtc confirmation procedure 598
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 598
• Ec 598 598
• Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 598
• Fail safe mode 598
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10v at idle 598
• On board diagnosis logic 598
• Specification data are reference values 598
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 598
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 598
• Cr without euro obd 599
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 599
• Ec 599 599
• With consult ii 599
• Without consult ii 599
• Cr without euro obd 601
• Diagnostic procedure 601
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 601
• Ec 601 601
• Ok or ng 601
• Repair or replace ground connections 601
• Retighten ground connections 601
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 601
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 601
• Cr without euro obd 602
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 602
• Ec 602 602
• Cr without euro obd 603
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 603
• Ec 603 603
• Component inspection 604
• Cr without euro obd 604
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 604
• Ec 604 604
• Electric throttle control actuator 604
• Removal and installation 604
• Throttle position sensor 604
• Component description 605
• Cr without euro obd 605
• Dtc confirmation procedure 605
• Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 605
• Ec 605 605
• On board diagnosis logic 605
• With consult ii 605
• Without consult ii 605
• Cr without euro obd 607
• Diagnostic procedure 607
• Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 607
• Ec 607 607
• Component inspection 608
• Cr without euro obd 608
• Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 608
• Ec 608 608
• Knock sensor 608
• Removal and installation 608
• Component description 609
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 609
• Cr without euro obd 609
• Dtc confirmation procedure 609
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 609
• Ec 609 609
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 v with igni tion switch on 609
• On board diagnosis logic 609
• Specification data are reference values 609
• The crankshaft position sensor pos is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth cogs of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft it detects the fluctuation of the engine rev olution the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when the engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes the ecm receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure 609
• Cr without euro obd 610
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 610
• Ec 610 610
• With consult ii 610
• Without consult ii 610
• Cr without euro obd 611
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 611
• Ec 611 611
• Wiring diagram 611
• Cr without euro obd 612
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 612
• Ec 612 612
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 612
• Cr without euro obd 613
• Diagnostic procedure 613
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 613
• Ec 613 613
• Cr without euro obd 614
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 614
• Ec 614 614
• Component inspection 615
• Cr without euro obd 615
• Crankshaft position sensor pos 615
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 615
• Ec 615 615
• Removal and installation 615
• Component description 616
• Cr without euro obd 616
• Dtc confirmation procedure 616
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 616
• Ec 616 616
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 v with igni tion switch on 616
• On board diagnosis logic 616
• The camshaft position sensor phase senses the retraction with camshaft intake to identify a particular cylinder the camshaft posi tion sensor phase senses the piston position when the crankshaft position sensor pos system becomes inoper ative the camshaft position sensor phase provides various con trols of engine parts instead utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure 616
• Turn ignition switch on 616
• With consult ii 616
• Cr without euro obd 617
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 617
• Ec 617 617
• Without consult ii 617
• Check starting system 619
• Check starting system refer to sc 45 starting system 619
• Cr without euro obd 619
• Diagnostic procedure 619
• Does the engine turn over does the starter motor operate 619
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 619
• Ec 619 619
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 619
• Turn ignition switch to start position 619
• Yes or no 619
• Cr without euro obd 620
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 620
• Ec 620 620
• Cr without euro obd 621
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 621
• Ec 621 621
• Camshaft position sensor phase 622
• Component inspection 622
• Cr without euro obd 622
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 622
• Ec 622 622
• Removal and installation 622
• Component description 623
• Cr without euro obd 623
• Dtc confirmation procedure 623
• Dtc p0605 ecm 623
• Ec 623 623
• Fail safe mode 623
• On board diagnosis logic 623
• Procedure for malfunction a with consult ii 623
• Without consult ii 623
• Cr without euro obd 624
• Dtc p0605 ecm 624
• Ec 624 624
• Procedure for malfunction b with consult ii 624
• Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii 624
• Without consult ii 624
• Cr without euro obd 625
• Diagnostic procedure 625
• Dtc p0605 ecm 625
• Ec 625 625
• Component description 626
• Cr without euro obd 626
• Dtc confirmation procedure 626
• Dtc p1065 ecm power supply 626
• Ec 626 626
• On board diagnosis logic 626
• With consult ii 626
• Without consult ii 626
• Cr without euro obd 627
• Dtc p1065 ecm power supply 627
• Ec 627 627
• Wiring diagram 627
• Cr without euro obd 628
• Diagnostic procedure 628
• Dtc p1065 ecm power supply 628
• Ec 628 628
• Cr without euro obd 629
• Dtc p1065 ecm power supply 629
• Ec 629 629
• Component description 630
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 630
• Cr without euro obd 630
• Dtc confirmation procedure 630
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 630
• Ec 630 630
• On board diagnosis logic 630
• With consult ii 630
• Without consult ii 630
• Cr without euro obd 631
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 631
• Ec 631 631
• Wiring diagram 631
• Cr without euro obd 632
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 632
• Ec 632 632
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 632
• Cr without euro obd 633
• Diagnostic procedure 633
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 633
• Ec 633 633
• Component inspection 634
• Cr without euro obd 634
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 634
• Ec 634 634
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 634
• Removal and installation 634
• Component description 635
• Cr without euro obd 635
• Dtc confirmation procedure 635
• Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 635
• Ec 635 635
• Fail safe mode 635
• On board diagnosis logic 635
• Procedure for malfunction a and b with consult ii 635
• Without consult ii 635
• Cr without euro obd 636
• Diagnostic procedure 636
• Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 636
• Ec 636 636
• Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii 636
• Without consult ii 636
• Cr without euro obd 637
• Description 637
• Dtc confirmation procedure 637
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 637
• Ec 637 637
• Fail safe mode 637
• On board diagnosis logic 637
• With consult ii 637
• Without consult ii 637
• Check ground connections 639
• Cr without euro obd 639
• Diagnostic procedure 639
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 639
• Ec 639 639
• Ok or ng 639
• Repair or replace ground connections 639
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 639
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 639
• Cr without euro obd 640
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 640
• Ec 640 640
• Cr without euro obd 641
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 641
• Ec 641 641
• Component inspection 642
• Cr without euro obd 642
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 642
• Ec 642 642
• Electric throttle control actuator 642
• Removal and installation 642
• Throttle control motor 642
• Component description 643
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 643
• Cr without euro obd 643
• Dtc confirmation procedure 643
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 643
• Ec 643 643
• Fail safe mode 643
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 643
• On board diagnosis logic 643
• Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ecm via throttle control motor relay the throttle control motor relay is on off controlled by the ecm when the ignition switch is turned on the ecm sends an on signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ecm when the ignition switch is turned off the ecm sends an off signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ecm 643
• Procedure for dtc p1124 643
• Specification data are reference values 643
• Testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 8v 643
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 643
• Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 1 second 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if dtc is detected go to ec 646 diagnostic procedure 643
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 643
• With consult ii 643
• Cr without euro obd 644
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 644
• Ec 644 644
• Procedure for dtc p1126 with consult ii 644
• Without consult ii 644
• Cr without euro obd 645
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 645
• Ec 645 645
• Wiring diagram 645
• Check throttle control motor relay power supply circuit i 646
• Cr without euro obd 646
• Diagnostic procedure 646
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 646
• Ec 646 646
• Go to 2 646
• Ok or ng 646
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 646
• Turn ignition switch off 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 104 and ground with consult ii or tester 646
• Voltage battery voltage 646
• Cr without euro obd 647
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 647
• Ec 647 647
• Cr without euro obd 648
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 648
• Ec 648 648
• Component description 649
• Cr without euro obd 649
• Dtc confirmation procedure 649
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 649
• Ec 649 649
• Fail safe mode 649
• On board diagnosis logic 649
• With consult ii 649
• Without consult ii 649
• Check ground connections 651
• Cr without euro obd 651
• Diagnostic procedure 651
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 651
• Ec 651 651
• Ok or ng 651
• Repair or replace ground connections 651
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 651
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 651
• Component inspection 652
• Cr without euro obd 652
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 652
• Ec 652 652
• Throttle control motor 652
• Cr without euro obd 653
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 653
• Ec 653 653
• Electric throttle control actuator 653
• Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct 653
• Removal and installation 653
• Cr without euro obd 654
• Dtc confirmation procedure 654
• Dtc p1171 intake error 654
• Ec 654 654
• Fail safe mode 654
• On board diagnosis logic 654
• With consult ii 654
• Cr without euro obd 655
• Dtc p1171 intake error 655
• Ec 655 655
• Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 5 seconds 2 turn ignition switch off wait at least 10 seconds and then turn on 3 perform diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results with ecm 4 if dtc is detected go to ec 657 diagnostic procedure 655
• Without consult ii 655
• Check intake air leak 657
• Check intake manifold vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection refer to ec 509 vacuum hose drawing ok or ng 657
• Check vacuum hose 657
• Cr without euro obd 657
• Diagnostic procedure 657
• Dtc p1171 intake error 657
• Ec 657 657
• Listen for an intake air leak after the air cleaner element ok or ng 657
• Repair or replace 657
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 657
• Cr without euro obd 658
• Dtc p1171 intake error 658
• Ec 658 658
• Cr without euro obd 659
• Dtc p1171 intake error 659
• Ec 659 659
• Cr without euro obd 660
• Description 660
• Diagnostic procedure 660
• Dtc confirmation procedure 660
• Dtc p1211 tcs control unit 660
• Ec 660 660
• On board diagnosis logic 660
• With consult ii 660
• Without consult ii 660
• Cr without euro obd 661
• Description 661
• Diagnostic procedure 661
• Dtc confirmation procedure 661
• Dtc p1212 tcs communication line 661
• Ec 661 661
• On board diagnosis logic 661
• With consult ii 661
• Without consult ii 661
• Cooling fan control 662
• Cr without euro obd 662
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 662
• Ec 662 662
• If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1001 refer to ec 549 dtc u1001 can communication line 662
• If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1010 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 552 dtc u1010 can communication 662
• Operation models with a c 662
• System description 662
• The ecm controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and air conditioner on signal the control system has 3 step control high low off models with a c or 2 step control on off models without a c the ecm controls cooling fan relays through can communication line 662
• Caution when a malfunction is indicated be sure to replace the coolant refer to co 9 changing engine coolant also replace the engine oil refer to lu 7 changing engine oil 1 fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio refer to ma 26 engine coolant mixture ratio 663
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 663
• Cr without euro obd 663
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 663
• Ec 663 663
• If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions engine coolant temperature will rise when the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition a malfunction is indicated this self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 663
• Models without a c 663
• On board diagnosis logic 663
• Specification data are reference values 663
• Cr without euro obd 664
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 664
• Ec 664 664
• Overall function check 664
• With consult ii 664
• Without consult ii models with air conditioner 664
• Cr without euro obd 665
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 665
• Ec 665 665
• Models without air conditioner 665
• Cr without euro obd 667
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 667
• Ec 667 667
• Models without air conditioner 667
• Cr without euro obd 668
• Diagnostic procedure 668
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 668
• Ec 668 668
• Procedure for models with air conditioner 668
• Cr without euro obd 669
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 669
• Ec 669 669
• Cr without euro obd 670
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 670
• Ec 670 670
• Procedure a 670
• Cr without euro obd 671
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 671
• Ec 671 671
• Procedure b 671
• Cr without euro obd 672
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 672
• Ec 672 672
• Procedure for models without air conditioner 672
• Cr without euro obd 673
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 673
• Ec 673 673
• Procedure a 673
• Also check harness for short to ground and short to power ok or ng 674
• Check cooling fan motor 674
• Check cooling fan motors circuit 674
• Check intermittent incident 674
• Check the following 674
• Continuity should exist 674
• Cr without euro obd 674
• Detect malfunctioning part 674
• Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector 2 check harness continuity between cooling fan motor terminal 1 and ipdm e r terminal 10 cooling fan motor terminal 2 and ground refer to wiring diagram 674
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 674
• Ec 674 674
• Go to 4 674
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ground 674
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor and ipdm e r 674
• Main 12 causes of overheating 674
• Perform ec 542 trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident ok or ng 674
• Refer to ec 675 component inspection ok or ng 674
• Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors 674
• Repair or replace harness or connector 674
• Replace cooling fan motor 674
• Replace ipdm e r refer to pg 18 ipdm e r intelligent power distribution mod 674
• Component inspection 675
• Cooling fan motor 675
• Cr without euro obd 675
• Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector 2 supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation 675
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 675
• Ec 675 675
• Component description 676
• Cr without euro obd 676
• Dtc confirmation procedure 676
• Dtc p1225 tp sensor 676
• Ec 676 676
• On board diagnosis logic 676
• With consult ii 676
• Without consult ii 676
• Cr without euro obd 677
• Diagnostic procedure 677
• Dtc p1225 tp sensor 677
• Ec 677 677
• Electric throttle control actuator 677
• Removal and installation 677
• Component description 678
• Cr without euro obd 678
• Dtc confirmation procedure 678
• Dtc p1226 tp sensor 678
• Ec 678 678
• On board diagnosis logic 678
• With consult ii 678
• Without consult ii 678
• Cr without euro obd 679
• Diagnostic procedure 679
• Dtc p1226 tp sensor 679
• Ec 679 679
• Electric throttle control actuator 679
• Removal and installation 679
• Cr without euro obd 680
• Dtc confirmation procedure 680
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 680
• Ec 680 680
• Fail safe mode 680
• On board diagnosis logic 680
• With consult ii 680
• Without consult ii 680
• Cr without euro obd 681
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 681
• Ec 681 681
• Lhd models 681
• Wiring diagram 681
• Cr without euro obd 682
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 682
• Ec 682 682
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 682
• Cr without euro obd 683
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 683
• Ec 683 683
• Rhd models 683
• Cr without euro obd 684
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 684
• Ec 684 684
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 684
• Cr without euro obd 685
• Diagnostic procedure 685
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 685
• Ec 685 685
• Cr without euro obd 686
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 686
• Ec 686 686
• Cr without euro obd 687
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 687
• Ec 687 687
• Component description 688
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 688
• Cr without euro obd 688
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 688
• Ec 688 688
• If ng go to ec 690 diagnostic procedure 688
• On board diagnosis logic 688
• Overall function check 688
• Specification data are reference values 688
• Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 102 pnp switch signal and ground under the following conditions 688
• Turn ignition switch on 2 select p n posi sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii then check the p n posi sw signal under the follow ing conditions 688
• Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park neutral position pnp switch circuit during this check a 1st trip dtc might not be confirmed 688
• When the shift lever position is neutral park neutral position pnp switch is on ecm detects the position because the continuity of the line the on signal exists 688
• With consult ii 688
• Without consult ii 688
• Cr without euro obd 689
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 689
• Ec 689 689
• Wiring diagram 689
• Cr without euro obd 690
• Diagnostic procedure 690
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 690
• Ec 690 690
• Cr without euro obd 691
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 691
• Ec 691 691
• Cr without euro obd 692
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 692
• Ec 692 692
• Brake switch signal is applied to the ecm through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed this signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving 693
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 693
• Cr without euro obd 693
• Description 693
• Dtc confirmation procedure 693
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 693
• Ec 693 693
• Fail safe mode 693
• On board diagnosis logic 693
• Specification data are reference values 693
• This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 693
• Turn ignition switch on 2 fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds 3 erase the dtc with consult ii 4 select data monitor mode with consult ii 5 if dtc is detected go to ec 696 diagnostic procedure 693
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi light up 693
• With consult ii 693
• Cr without euro obd 694
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 694
• Ec 694 694
• Without consult ii 694
• Cr without euro obd 695
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 695
• Ec 695 695
• Wiring diagram 695
• Cr without euro obd 696
• Diagnostic procedure 696
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 696
• Ec 696 696
• Cr without euro obd 697
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 697
• Ec 697 697
• Component inspection 698
• Cr without euro obd 698
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 698
• Ec 698 698
• Stop lamp switch 698
• Component description 699
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 699
• Cr without euro obd 699
• Dtc confirmation procedure 699
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 699
• Ec 699 699
• Fail safe mode 699
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition 699
• On board diagnosis logic 699
• Specification data are reference values 699
• The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 699
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2122 or p2123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 680 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 699
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 699
• Cr without euro obd 700
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 700
• Ec 700 700
• With consult ii 700
• Without consult ii 700
• Cr without euro obd 701
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 701
• Ec 701 701
• Lhd models 701
• Wiring diagram 701
• Cr without euro obd 702
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 702
• Ec 702 702
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 702
• Cr without euro obd 703
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 703
• Ec 703 703
• Rhd models 703
• Check ground connections 704
• Cr without euro obd 704
• Diagnostic procedure 704
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 704
• Ec 704 704
• Ok or ng 704
• Repair or replace ground connections 704
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 704
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 704
• Cr without euro obd 705
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 705
• Ec 705 705
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 706
• Component inspection 706
• Cr without euro obd 706
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 706
• Ec 706 706
• Accelerator pedal 707
• Cr without euro obd 707
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 707
• Ec 707 707
• Removal and installation 707
• Component description 708
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 708
• Cr without euro obd 708
• Dtc confirmation procedure 708
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 708
• Ec 708 708
• Fail safe mode 708
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10v at idle 708
• On board diagnosis logic 708
• Specification data are reference values 708
• The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 708
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 708
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 708
• Cr without euro obd 709
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 709
• Ec 709 709
• With consult ii 709
• Without consult ii 709
• Cr without euro obd 711
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 711
• Ec 711 711
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 711
• Check ground connections 713
• Cr without euro obd 713
• Diagnostic procedure 713
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 713
• Ec 713 713
• Ok or ng 713
• Repair or replace ground connections 713
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 713
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 713
• Cr without euro obd 714
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 714
• Ec 714 714
• Cr without euro obd 715
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 715
• Ec 715 715
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 716
• Component inspection 716
• Cr without euro obd 716
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 716
• Ec 716 716
• Accelerator pedal 717
• Cr without euro obd 717
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 717
• Ec 717 717
• Removal and installation 717
• Component description 718
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 718
• Cr without euro obd 718
• Dtc confirmation procedure 718
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 718
• Ec 718 718
• Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 718
• Fail safe mode 718
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10v at idle 718
• On board diagnosis logic 718
• Specification data are reference values 718
• This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 718
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 718
• Cr without euro obd 719
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 719
• Ec 719 719
• With consult ii 719
• Without consult ii 719
• Check ground connections 721
• Cr without euro obd 721
• Diagnostic procedure 721
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 721
• Ec 721 721
• Ok or ng 721
• Repair or replace ground connections 721
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 721
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 721
• Cr without euro obd 722
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 722
• Ec 722 722
• Cr without euro obd 723
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 723
• Ec 723 723
• Component inspection 724
• Cr without euro obd 724
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 724
• Ec 724 724
• Electric throttle control actuator 724
• Removal and installation 724
• Throttle position sensor 724
• Component description 725
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 725
• Cr without euro obd 725
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 725
• Ec 725 725
• Fail safe mode 725
• On board diagnosis logic 725
• Specification data are reference values 725
• The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 725
• This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2138 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 680 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 725
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 725
• Cr without euro obd 726
• Dtc confirmation procedure 726
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 726
• Ec 726 726
• With consult ii 726
• Without consult ii 726
• Cr without euro obd 727
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 727
• Ec 727 727
• Lhd models 727
• Wiring diagram 727
• Cr without euro obd 728
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 728
• Ec 728 728
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 728
• Cr without euro obd 729
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 729
• Ec 729 729
• Rhd models 729
• Check ground connections 730
• Cr without euro obd 730
• Diagnostic procedure 730
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 730
• Ec 730 730
• Ok or ng 730
• Repair or replace ground connections 730
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 730
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 730
• Cr without euro obd 731
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 731
• Ec 731 731
• Cr without euro obd 732
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 732
• Ec 732 732
• Cr without euro obd 733
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 733
• Ec 733 733
• Accelerator pedal 734
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 734
• Component inspection 734
• Cr without euro obd 734
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 734
• Ec 734 734
• Removal and installation 734
• Check load signal circuit overall function i 735
• Check load signal circuit overall function ii 735
• Check load signal indication under the following conditions 735
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 735
• Cr without euro obd 735
• Description 735
• Diagnostic procedure 735
• Ec 735 735
• Electrical load signal 735
• Go to 4 735
• Go to 5 735
• Ok or ng 735
• Specification data are reference values 735
• The electrical load signal headlamp switch signal rear window defogger switch signal etc is transferred through the can communication line from ipdm e r to ecm 735
• Turn ignition switch on 2 connect consult ii and select data monitor mode 3 select load signal and check indication under the following conditions 735
• Cr without euro obd 736
• Ec 736 736
• Electrical load signal 736
• Component description 737
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 737
• Cr without euro obd 737
• Description 737
• Ec 737 737
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 737
• Specification data are reference values 737
• System description 737
• The evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a on off duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canis ter the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by on off pulses from the ecm the longer the on pulse the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve 737
• This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister the opening of the vapor by pass pas sage in the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats on off operation according to the signal sent from the ecm the opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control the optimum value stored in the ecm is determined by considering various engine conditions when the engine is operating the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister is regulated as the air flow changes 737
• Cr without euro obd 739
• Ec 739 739
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 739
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 739
• Cr without euro obd 740
• Diagnostic procedure 740
• Ec 740 740
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 740
• Cr without euro obd 741
• Ec 741 741
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 741
• Cr without euro obd 742
• Ec 742 742
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 742
• Check air passage continuity of evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions 743
• Component inspection 743
• Cr without euro obd 743
• Ec 743 743
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 743
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve with consult ii 743
• Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct 743
• Removal and installation 743
• Without consult ii 743
• Component description 744
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 744
• Cr without euro obd 744
• Ec 744 744
• Fuel injector 744
• Specification data are reference values 744
• The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injec tor is energized the energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs 744
• Cr without euro obd 745
• Ec 745 745
• Fuel injector 745
• Wiring diagram 745
• Cr without euro obd 746
• Diagnostic procedure 746
• Ec 746 746
• Fuel injector 746
• Go to 3 746
• Inspection start 746
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 746
• Turn ignition switch to start is any cylinder ignited yes or no 746
• Cr without euro obd 747
• Ec 747 747
• Fuel injector 747
• Cr without euro obd 748
• Ec 748 748
• Fuel injector 748
• Component inspection 749
• Cr without euro obd 749
• Ec 749 749
• Fuel injector 749
• Removal and installation 749
• A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank 750
• Component description 750
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 750
• Cr without euro obd 750
• Description 750
• Ec 750 750
• Fuel pump 750
• Specification data are reference values 750
• System description 750
• The ecm activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine startability if the ecm receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor pos and cam shaft position sensor phase it knows that the engine is rotating and causes the pump to operate if the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is on the engine stalls the ecm stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging thereby improving safety the ecm does not directly drive the fuel pump it controls the on off fuel pump relay which in turn controls the fuel pump 750
• Cr without euro obd 751
• Ec 751 751
• Fuel pump 751
• Wiring diagram 751
• Cr without euro obd 752
• Diagnostic procedure 752
• Ec 752 752
• Fuel pump 752
• Cr without euro obd 753
• Ec 753 753
• Fuel pump 753
• Component inspection 754
• Cr without euro obd 754
• Ec 754 754
• Fuel pump 754
• Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminals 1 and 3 755
• Cr without euro obd 755
• Ec 755 755
• Fuel pump 755
• Refer to fl 4 fuel level sensor unit fuel filter and fuel pump assembly 755
• Removal and installation 755
• Resistance approximately 0 5 ω at 25 c 77 f 755
• Component description 756
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 756
• Cr without euro obd 756
• Ec 756 756
• Specification data are reference values 756
• The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 756
• Cr without euro obd 757
• Ec 757 757
• Wiring diagram 757
• Cr without euro obd 758
• Ec 758 758
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 758
• Cr without euro obd 759
• Diagnostic procedure 759
• Ec 759 759
• Component inspection 760
• Cr without euro obd 760
• Ec 760 760
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 760
• Cr without euro obd 761
• Ec 761 761
• Without consult ii 761
• Cr without euro obd 762
• Ec 762 762
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 762
• Removal and installation 762
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 763
• Cr without euro obd 763
• Description 763
• Ec 763 763
• Ho2s1 heater 763
• Operation 763
• Specification data are reference values 763
• System description 763
• The ecm performs on off duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine speed and engine coolant temperature the duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine is started 763
• Check overall function 765
• Cr without euro obd 765
• Diagnostic procedure 765
• Ec 765 765
• Go to 2 765
• Ho2s1 heater 765
• Ok or ng 765
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 765
• Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 turn ignition switch on 4 set tester prove between ecm terminal 24 ho2s1 heater signal and ground 5 start engine and let it idle 6 check the voltage under the following conditions verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal waves as shown below 765
• Cr without euro obd 766
• Ec 766 766
• Ho2s1 heater 766
• Component inspection 767
• Cr without euro obd 767
• Ec 767 767
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 767
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater 767
• Ho2s1 heater 767
• Removal and installation 767
• Component description 768
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 768
• Cr without euro obd 768
• Ec 768 768
• Specification data are reference values 768
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 768
• Cr without euro obd 769
• Ec 769 769
• Wiring diagram 769
• Check overall function i 770
• Cr without euro obd 770
• Diagnostic procedure 770
• Ec 770 770
• Go to 2 770
• Ok or ng 770
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 770
• Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 start engine and keep the engine speed between 3 500 and 4 000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load 4 let engine idle for 1 minute 5 set voltmeter probes between ecm terminal 16 ho2s2 signal and ground 6 check the voltage while revving up to 4 000 rpm under no load at least 10 times depress and release the accelerator pedal as quickly as possible 770
• The voltage does not remain in the range of 0 0 v 770
• Cr without euro obd 771
• Ec 771 771
• Component inspection 772
• Cr without euro obd 772
• Ec 772 772
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 772
• Cr without euro obd 773
• Ec 773 773
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 773
• Removal and installation 773
• Without consult ii 773
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 774
• Cr without euro obd 774
• Description 774
• Ec 774 774
• Ho2s2 heater 774
• Operation 774
• Specification data are reference values 774
• System description 774
• The ecm performs on off control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature 774
• Cr without euro obd 775
• Ec 775 775
• Ho2s2 heater 775
• Wiring diagram 775
• Check overall function 776
• Cr without euro obd 776
• Diagnostic procedure 776
• Ec 776 776
• Go to 2 776
• Ho2s2 heater 776
• Ok or ng 776
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 776
• Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 start engine and keep the engine speed between 3 500 and 4 000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load 4 let engine idle for 1 minute 5 set voltmeter proves between ecm terminal 2 ho2s2 heater signal and ground 6 check the voltage under the following conditions 776
• Cr without euro obd 777
• Ec 777 777
• Ho2s2 heater 777
• Component inspection 778
• Cr without euro obd 778
• Ec 778 778
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 778
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 778
• Ho2s2 heater 778
• Removal and installation 778
• Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in damage to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 779
• Component description 779
• Cr without euro obd 779
• Ec 779 779
• Iat sensor 779
• The intake air temperature sensor is built into manifold absolute pressure sensor the sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ecm the temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise 779
• Cr without euro obd 781
• Diagnostic procedure 781
• Ec 781 781
• Iat sensor 781
• Cr without euro obd 782
• Ec 782 782
• Iat sensor 782
• Check resistance between manifold absolute pressure sensor terminals 3 and 4 under the following conditions 783
• Component inspection 783
• Cr without euro obd 783
• Ec 783 783
• Iat sensor 783
• If ng replace manifold absolute pressure sensor with intake air temperature sensor 783
• Intake air temperature sensor 783
• Manifold absolute pressure sensor 783
• Refer to em 18 air cleaner and air duct 783
• Removal and installation 783
• Cr without euro obd 785
• Ec 785 785
• Ignition signal 785
• Wiring diagram 785
• Cr without euro obd 786
• Ec 786 786
• Ignition signal 786
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 786
• Cr without euro obd 787
• Ec 787 787
• Ignition signal 787
• Check engine start 788
• Check overall function 788
• Cr without euro obd 788
• Diagnostic procedure 788
• Ec 788 788
• Go to 10 788
• Go to 4 788
• Ignition signal 788
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 788
• Turn ignition switch off and restart engine is engine running yes or no 788
• With consult ii 1 perform power balance in active test mode with consult ii 2 make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop ok or ng 788
• Cr without euro obd 789
• Ec 789 789
• Ignition signal 789
• Cr without euro obd 790
• Ec 790 790
• Ignition signal 790
• Cr without euro obd 791
• Ec 791 791
• Ignition signal 791
• Component inspection 792
• Cr without euro obd 792
• Ec 792 792
• Ignition coil with power transistor 792
• Ignition signal 792
• Condenser 793
• Cr without euro obd 793
• Ec 793 793
• Ignition coil with power transistor 793
• Ignition signal 793
• Removal and installation 793
• Cr without euro obd 795
• Ec 795 795
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 795
• Wiring diagram 795
• Check ground connections 796
• Check refrigerant pressure sensor overall function 796
• Cr without euro obd 796
• Diagnostic procedure 796
• Ec 796 796
• Go to 2 796
• Ok or ng 796
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 796
• Repair or replace ground connections 796
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 796
• Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn a c switch and blower fan switch on 3 check voltage between ecm terminal 69 and ground with con sult ii or tester 796
• Turn a c switch and blower fan switch off 2 turn ignition switch off 3 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 548 ground inspection 796
• Voltage 1 4 v 796
• Cr without euro obd 797
• Ec 797 797
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 797
• Cr without euro obd 798
• Ec 798 798
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 798
• Removal and installation 798
• Cr without euro obd 799
• Description 799
• Diagnostic procedure 799
• Ec 799 799
• Camshaft position sensor phase 801
• Cr without euro obd 801
• Crankshaft position sensor pos 801
• Ec 801 801
• Engine coolant temperature sensor 801
• Fuel injector 801
• Fuel pressure 801
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater 801
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 801
• Idle speed 801
• Intake air temperature sensor 801
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 801
• Knock sensor 801
• Manifold absolute pressure sensor 801
• Refer to ec 615 component inspection 801
• Refer to ec 622 component inspection 801
• Service data and specifications sds 801
• Throttle control motor 801
• Cr without euro obd 802
• Ec 802 802
• Fuel pump 802
• Service data and specifications sds 802
• Dtc no index 803
• Ec 803 803
• Hr with euro obd 803
• If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 925 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 803
• If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 928 dtc u1010 can communication 803
• Index for dtc 803
• Ec 804 804
• Hr with euro obd 804
• Index for dtc 804
• Ec 805 805
• Hr with euro obd 805
• Index for dtc 805
• Alphabetical index 806
• Ec 806 806
• Hr with euro obd 806
• If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 925 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 806
• If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 928 dtc u1010 can communication 806
• Index for dtc 806
• Ec 807 807
• Hr with euro obd 807
• Index for dtc 807
• Ec 808 808
• Hr with euro obd 808
• Index for dtc 808
• Ec 809 809
• Hr with euro obd 809
• Lhd models 809
• Maintenance information 809
• On board diagnostic obd system of engine and a t 809
• Precautions 809
• Precautions for procedures without cowl top cover 809
• Precautions for supplemental restraint system srs air bag and seat belt pre tensioner 809
• Rhd models 809
• Ec 810 810
• Hr with euro obd 810
• Precaution 810
• Precautions 810
• Ec 811 811
• Hr with euro obd 811
• Precautions 811
• Ec 812 812
• Hr with euro obd 812
• Precautions 812
• Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body 813
• Ec 813 813
• Hr with euro obd 813
• Precautions 813
• Ec 814 814
• Hr with euro obd 814
• Preparation 814
• Special service tools 814
• Commercial service tools 815
• Ec 815 815
• Hr with euro obd 815
• Preparation 815
• During acceleration 817
• During deceleration 817
• During high engine speed operation 817
• During warm up 817
• Ec 817 817
• Engine control system 817
• Hot engine operation 817
• Hr with euro obd 817
• Input output signal chart 817
• Multiport fuel injection mfi system 817
• System description 817
• The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ecm the ecm controls the length of time the valve remains open injection pulse duration the amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ecm memory the program value is preset by engine operating conditions these conditions are determined by input signals for engine speed and intake air from the crankshaft position sensor pos camshaft position sensor phase and the mass air flow sensor 817
• Various fuel injection increase decrease compensation 817
• When shift lever is changed from n to d a t models 817
• When starting the engine 817
• Ec 818 818
• Engine control system 818
• Hr with euro obd 818
• Mixture ratio feedback control closed loop control 818
• Mixture ratio self learning control 818
• Open loop control 818
• At idle 819
• At low battery voltage 819
• At starting 819
• During warm up 819
• Ec 819 819
• Electronic ignition ei system 819
• Engine control system 819
• Firing order 1 3 4 2 the ignition timing is controlled by the ecm to maintain the best air fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine the ignition timing data is stored in the ecm the ecm receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor phase sig nal computing this information ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor during the following conditions the ignition timing is revised by the ecm according to the other data stored in the ecm 819
• Fuel injection timing 819
• Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order this system is used when the engine is running 819
• Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle in other words pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ecm the four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle this system is used when the engine is being started and or if the fail safe system cpu is operating 819
• Fuel shut off 819
• Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds 819
• Hr with euro obd 819
• Input output signal chart 819
• Sequential multiport fuel injection system 819
• Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system 819
• System description 819
• Two types of systems are used 819
• During acceleration the knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies the basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti knocking zone if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions the retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions if engine knocking occurs the knock sensor monitors the condition the signal is transmitted to the ecm the ecm retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition 820
• Ec 820 820
• Engine control system 820
• Fuel cut control at no load and high engine speed 820
• Hr with euro obd 820
• If the engine speed is above 2 500 rpm under no load for example the shift lever position is neutral and engine speed is over 2 500 rpm fuel will be cut off after some time the exact time when the fuel is cut off var ies based on engine speed fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2 000 rpm then fuel cut will be cancelled note this function is different from deceleration control listed under ec 817 multiport fuel injection mfi system 820
• Input output signal chart 820
• System description 820
• Air conditioning cut control 821
• At high engine speeds 821
• Ec 821 821
• Hr with euro obd 821
• Input output signal chart 821
• System description 821
• This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used under the following conditions the air conditioner is turned off 821
• When cranking the engine 821
• When engine speed is excessively low 821
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed 821
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high 821
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed 821
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high 821
• Can communication 822
• Ec 822 822
• Hr with euro obd 822
• System description 822
• Description 823
• Ec 823 823
• Evaporative emission system 823
• Hr with euro obd 823
• System description 823
• The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system this reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the evap canister the fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the evap canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank the vapor in the evap canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ecm when the engine operates the flow rate of vapor controlled by evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating 823
• Ec 824 824
• Evaporative emission line drawing 824
• Evaporative emission system 824
• Hr with euro obd 824
• Ec 825 825
• Evaporative emission system 825
• Hr with euro obd 825
• Component inspection 826
• Ec 826 826
• Evap canister 826
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 826
• Evaporative emission system 826
• Fuel tank vacuum relief valve built into fuel filler cap 826
• Hr with euro obd 826
• Description 827
• Ec 827 827
• Hr with euro obd 827
• Nats nissan anti theft system 827
• Component inspection 828
• Description 828
• Ec 828 828
• Hr with euro obd 828
• Pcv positive crankcase ventilation valve 828
• Positive crankcase ventilation 828
• System description 828
• Check hoses and hose connections for leaks 2 disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air if any hose cannot be freed of obstructions replace 829
• Ec 829 829
• Hr with euro obd 829
• Pcv valve ventilation hose 829
• Positive crankcase ventilation 829
• Ec 830 830
• Hr with euro obd 830
• Introduction 830
• On board diagnostic obd system 830
• The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below 830
• The ecm has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua tors the ecm also records various emission related diagnostic information including 830
• The malfunction indicator mi on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips two trip detection logic or when the ecm enters fail safe mode refer to ec 870 fail safe chart 830
• The trip in the two trip detection logic means a driving mode in which self diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ecm to light up or blink the mi and store dtc and freeze frame data even in the 1st trip as shown below 830
• Two trip detection logic 830
• When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function 830
• Ec 831 831
• Emission related diagnostic information 831
• Emission related diagnostic information items 831
• Hr with euro obd 831
• On board diagnostic obd system 831
• The fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 831
• Ec 832 832
• Hr with euro obd 832
• On board diagnostic obd system 832
• Dtc and 1st trip dtc 833
• Ec 833 833
• How to read dtc and 1st trip dtc 833
• Hr with euro obd 833
• On board diagnostic obd system 833
• Ec 834 834
• Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data 834
• Hr with euro obd 834
• On board diagnostic obd system 834
• System readiness test srt code 834
• Ec 835 835
• Hr with euro obd 835
• If during the state emissions inspection the srt indicates cmplt for all test items the inspector will con tinue with the emissions test however if the srt indicates incmp for one or more of the srt items the vehicle is returned to the customer untested note if mi is on during the state emissions inspection the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even though the srt indicates cmplt for all test items therefore it is important to check srt cmplt and dtc no dtcs before the inspection 835
• On board diagnostic obd system 835
• Srt is set as cmplt after self diagnosis has been performed one or more times completion of srt is done regardless of whether the result is ok or ng the set timing is different between ok and ng results and is shown in the table below 835
• Srt item 835
• Srt set timing 835
• The table below shows required self diagnostic items to set the srt to cmplt 835
• When all srt related self diagnoses showed ok results in a single cycle ignition off on off the srt will indicate cmplt case 1 above 835
• Ec 836 836
• Hr with euro obd 836
• On board diagnostic obd system 836
• Srt service procedure 836
• Ec 837 837
• How to display srt code 837
• Hr with euro obd 837
• On board diagnostic obd system 837
• With consult ii selecting srt status in dtc srt confirmation mode with consult ii for items whose srt codes are set a cmplt is displayed on the consult ii screen for items whose srt codes are not set incmp is displayed a sample of consult ii display for srt code is shown in the fig ure incmp means the self diagnosis is incomplete and srt is not set cmplt means the self diagnosis is complete and srt is set 837
• Ec 838 838
• How to set srt code 838
• Hr with euro obd 838
• On board diagnostic obd system 838
• Driving pattern 839
• Ec 839 839
• Hr with euro obd 839
• On board diagnostic obd system 839
• Ec 840 840
• Hr with euro obd 840
• On board diagnostic obd system 840
• Ec 841 841
• How to erase emission related diagnostic information how to erase dtc 841
• Hr with euro obd 841
• On board diagnostic obd system 841
• Test value and test limit gst only not applicable to consult ii 841
• The following is the information specified in service 06 of iso 15031 5 the test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system circuit diagnostic test is ok or ng while being monitored by the ecm during self diagnosis the test limit is a reference value which is specified as the maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored these data test value and test limit are specified by test id tid and component id cid and can be dis played on the gst screen 841
• With consult ii the emission related diagnostic information in the ecm can be erased by selecting erase in the self diag results mode with consult ii if dtcs are displayed for both ecm and tcm transmission control module they need to be erased individu ally from the ecm and tcm transmission control module note if the dtc is not for a t related items see ec 803 index for dtc skip steps 2 through 4 1 if the ignition switch stays on after repair work be sure to turn ignition switch off once wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it on engine stopped again 2 turn consult ii on and touch a t 3 touch self diag results 4 touch erase the dtc in the tcm transmission control module will be erased then touch back twice 5 touch engine 6 touch self diag results 7 touch erase the dtc in the ecm will be erased 841
• Ec 842 842
• Hr with euro obd 842
• On board diagnostic obd system 842
• Description 843
• Ec 843 843
• Hr with euro obd 843
• Malfunction indicator mi 843
• On board diagnostic obd system 843
• On board diagnostic system function 843
• Test values actual work procedures are explained using a dtc as an example be careful so that not only the dtc but all of the data listed above are cleared from the ecm memory during work procedures 843
• The mi is located on the instrument panel 1 the mi will light up when the ignition switch is turned on without the engine running this is a bulb check if the mi does not light up check mi circuit refer to di 32 warning lamps or see ec 1236 mi data link con nectors 2 when the engine is started the mi should go off if the mi remains on the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction 843
• The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions 843
• When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function 843
• Ec 844 844
• How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 844
• How to set diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor 844
• How to set diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 844
• How to switch diagnostic test mode 844
• Hr with euro obd 844
• Mi flashing without dtc 844
• On board diagnostic obd system 844
• Diagnostic test mode i bulb check 845
• Diagnostic test mode i malfunction warning 845
• Diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor 845
• Diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 845
• Ec 845 845
• How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 845
• Hr with euro obd 845
• On board diagnostic obd system 845
• Ec 846 846
• Hr with euro obd 846
• Obd system operation chart 846
• On board diagnostic obd system 846
• Relationship between mi 1st trip dtc dtc and detectable items 846
• Summary chart 846
• The 1st trip dtc is not displayed when the self diagnosis results in ok for the 2nd trip 846
• The dtc and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times driving pattern a without the same malfunction recurring except for misfire and fuel injection system for misfire and fuel injection system the dtc and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times driving pattern c without the same malfunction recurring the time in self diagnostic results mode of consult ii will count the number of times the vehicle is driven 846
• The mi will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times driving pattern b with no malfunction the drive is counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met as stored in the ecm if another malfunction occurs while counting the counter will reset 846
• To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function start engine in the diagnostic test mode ii and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge next run engine at about 2 000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions then make sure that the mi comes on more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2 000 rpm under no load 846
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time the 1st trip dtc and the 1st trip freeze frame data are stored in the ecm memory 846
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips the dtc and the freeze frame data are stored in the ecm memory and the mi will come on for details refer to ec 830 two trip detection logic 846
• Ec 847 847
• Fuel injection system 847
• Hr with euro obd 847
• On board diagnostic obd system 847
• Ec 848 848
• Hr with euro obd 848
• On board diagnostic obd system 848
• Ec 849 849
• Fuel injection system 849
• Hr with euro obd 849
• On board diagnostic obd system 849
• Ec 850 850
• Hr with euro obd 850
• On board diagnostic obd system 850
• Basic inspection 851
• Basic service procedure 851
• Ec 851 851
• Hr with euro obd 851
• Basic service procedure 852
• Ec 852 852
• Hr with euro obd 852
• Basic service procedure 853
• Ec 853 853
• Hr with euro obd 853
• Basic service procedure 854
• Ec 854 854
• Hr with euro obd 854
• Basic service procedure 855
• Ec 855 855
• Hr with euro obd 855
• Basic service procedure 856
• Ec 856 856
• Hr with euro obd 856
• Idle speed and ignition timing check 856
• Idle speed with consult ii 856
• Ignition timing 856
• Method a 856
• Method b 856
• With gst 856
• Accelerator pedal released position learning 857
• Basic service procedure 857
• Description 857
• Ec 857 857
• Hr with euro obd 857
• Operation procedure 857
• Throttle valve closed position learning 857
• Basic service procedure 858
• Description 858
• Ec 858 858
• Hr with euro obd 858
• Idle air volume learning 858
• Operation procedure with consult ii 858
• Preparation 858
• Basic service procedure 859
• Ec 859 859
• Hr with euro obd 859
• Without consult ii 859
• Basic service procedure 860
• Diagnostic procedure 860
• Ec 860 860
• Fuel pressure check 860
• Fuel pressure release with consult ii 860
• Hr with euro obd 860
• Without consult ii 860
• Basic service procedure 861
• Ec 861 861
• Hr with euro obd 861
• Basic service procedure 862
• Ec 862 862
• Hr with euro obd 862
• Ec 863 863
• Hr with euro obd 863
• Introduction 863
• Trouble diagnosis 863
• Trouble diagnosis introduction 863
• Detailed flow 865
• Ec 865 865
• Hr with euro obd 865
• Trouble diagnosis 865
• Ec 866 866
• Hr with euro obd 866
• Trouble diagnosis 866
• Diagnostic worksheet description 867
• Ec 867 867
• Hr with euro obd 867
• Trouble diagnosis 867
• Dtc inspection priority chart 869
• Ec 869 869
• Hr with euro obd 869
• If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 925 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 869
• If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 928 dtc u1010 can communication 869
• If some dtcs are displayed at the same time perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart note 869
• Trouble diagnosis 869
• Ec 870 870
• Fail safe chart 870
• Hr with euro obd 870
• Trouble diagnosis 870
• When the dtc listed below is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 870
• When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 870
• Ec 871 871
• Hr with euro obd 871
• Symptom matrix chart 871
• System basic engine control system 871
• Trouble diagnosis 871
• Ec 872 872
• Hr with euro obd 872
• System engine mechanical other 872
• Trouble diagnosis 872
• Ec 873 873
• Hr with euro obd 873
• Trouble diagnosis 873
• Ec 874 874
• Hr with euro obd 874
• Trouble diagnosis 874
• Ec 875 875
• Engine control component parts location 875
• Hr with euro obd 875
• Trouble diagnosis 875
• Ec 876 876
• Hr with euro obd 876
• Trouble diagnosis 876
• Ec 877 877
• Hr with euro obd 877
• Trouble diagnosis 877
• Ec 878 878
• Hr with euro obd 878
• Trouble diagnosis 878
• Ec 879 879
• Hr with euro obd 879
• Trouble diagnosis 879
• Ec 880 880
• Hr with euro obd 880
• Refer to ec 816 system diagram for vacuum control system 880
• Trouble diagnosis 880
• Vacuum hose drawing 880
• Circuit diagram 881
• Ec 881 881
• Hr with euro obd 881
• Trouble diagnosis 881
• Data is for comparison and may not be exact 883
• Disconnect ecm harness connector 883
• Ec 883 883
• Ecm 1 is located in the engine room left side near battery 883
• Ecm harness connector terminal layout 883
• Ecm inspection table 883
• Ecm terminals and reference value 883
• Fasten b 3 connect a break out box sst and y cable adapter sst between the ecm and ecm harness connector 883
• Hr with euro obd 883
• Preparation 883
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecms transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 883
• Trouble diagnosis 883
• Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time 883
• Vehicle front 883
• When disconnecting ecm harness connector loosen a it with levers 1 as far as they will go as shown in the figure 883
• Ec 884 884
• Hr with euro obd 884
• Trouble diagnosis 884
• Ec 885 885
• Hr with euro obd 885
• Trouble diagnosis 885
• Ec 886 886
• Hr with euro obd 886
• Trouble diagnosis 886
• Ec 887 887
• Hr with euro obd 887
• Trouble diagnosis 887
• Ec 888 888
• Hr with euro obd 888
• Trouble diagnosis 888
• Ec 889 889
• Hr with euro obd 889
• Trouble diagnosis 889
• Ec 890 890
• Hr with euro obd 890
• Trouble diagnosis 890
• Consult ii function engine 891
• Ec 891 891
• Function 891
• Hr with euro obd 891
• Trouble diagnosis 891
• Ec 892 892
• Engine control component parts control systems application 892
• Hr with euro obd 892
• Trouble diagnosis 892
• Ec 893 893
• Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data 893
• Hr with euro obd 893
• Inspection procedure 893
• Refer to gi 36 consult ii start procedure 893
• Regarding items of dtc and 1st trip dtc refer to ec 831 emission related diagnostic informa tion items 893
• Self diag results mode self diagnostic item 893
• Trouble diagnosis 893
• Work support mode work item 893
• Data monitor mode monitored item 894
• Ec 894 894
• Hr with euro obd 894
• Trouble diagnosis 894
• Ec 895 895
• Hr with euro obd 895
• Trouble diagnosis 895
• Ec 896 896
• Hr with euro obd 896
• Trouble diagnosis 896
• Active test mode test item 897
• Data monitor spec mode monitored item 897
• Ec 897 897
• Hr with euro obd 897
• Trouble diagnosis 897
• Consult ii has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching setting in data monitor mode 1 auto trig automatic trigger 898
• Dtc srt confirmation mode srt status mode 898
• Dtc work support mode 898
• Ec 898 898
• For details refer to ec 834 system readiness test srt code 898
• Hr with euro obd 898
• Real time diagnosis in data monitor mode recording vehicle data description 898
• Srt work support mode 898
• The malfunction will be identified on the consult ii screen in real time in other words dtc 1st trip dtc and malfunction item will be displayed if the malfunction is detected by ecm at the moment a malfunction is detected by ecm moni tor in data monitor screen is changed to recording data xx as shown at right and the data after the mal function detection is recorded then when the percentage reached 100 real time diag screen is displayed if stop is touched on the screen during recording data xx real time diag screen is also displayed 898
• This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the srt while monitoring the srt status 898
• Trouble diagnosis 898
• Ec 899 899
• Hr with euro obd 899
• Operation 899
• Trouble diagnosis 899
• Description 900
• Ec 900 900
• Function 900
• Generic scan tool gst function 900
• Generic scan tool obdii scan tool complying with iso 15031 4 has 8 different functions explained below iso9141 is used as the protocol the name gst or generic scan tool is used in this service man ual 900
• Hr with euro obd 900
• Inspection procedure 900
• Trouble diagnosis 900
• Turn ignition switch off 2 connect gst to data link connector 1 which is located under lh dash panel 900
• Ec 901 901
• Hr with euro obd 901
• Perform each diagnostic service according to each service pro cedure for further information see the gst operation manual of the tool maker 901
• Trouble diagnosis 901
• Turn ignition switch on 4 enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in the operation manual regarding gst screens in this section sample screens are shown 901
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor 902
• Ec 902 902
• Hr with euro obd 902
• Trouble diagnosis 902
• Ec 903 903
• Hr with euro obd 903
• Trouble diagnosis 903
• Ec 904 904
• Hr with euro obd 904
• Trouble diagnosis 904
• Below is the data for clsd thl pos accel sen 1 and thrtl sen 1 when depressing the accelera tor pedal with the ignition switch on and with shift lever in d position a t 1st position m t the signal of accel sen 1 and thrtl sen 1 should rise gradually without any intermittent drop or rise after clsd thl pos is changed from on to off 905
• Below is the data for eng speed mas a f se b1 thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 and inj pulse b1 when revving engine quickly up to 4 800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently each value is for reference the exact value may vary 905
• Clsd thl pos accel sen 1 thrtl sen 1 905
• Ec 905 905
• Eng speed mas a f se b1 thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 inj pulse b1 905
• Hr with euro obd 905
• Major sensor reference graph in data monitor mode 905
• The following are the major sensor reference graphs in data monitor mode 905
• Trouble diagnosis 905
• Description 907
• Ec 907 907
• Hr with euro obd 907
• Inspection procedure 907
• Testing condition 907
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 907
• Ec 909 909
• Hr with euro obd 909
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 909
• Detailed procedure 910
• Ec 910 910
• Hr with euro obd 910
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 910
• Ec 911 911
• Hr with euro obd 911
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 911
• Ec 912 912
• Hr with euro obd 912
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 912
• Ec 913 913
• Hr with euro obd 913
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 913
• Ec 914 914
• Hr with euro obd 914
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 914
• Ec 915 915
• Hr with euro obd 915
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 915
• Ec 916 916
• Hr with euro obd 916
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 916
• Description 917
• Diagnostic procedure 917
• Ec 917 917
• Hr with euro obd 917
• Trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident 917
• Check ecm power supply circuit i 919
• Diagnostic procedure 919
• Ec 919 919
• Go to 2 919
• Go to 3 919
• Hr with euro obd 919
• Inspection start 919
• Ok or ng 919
• Power supply and ground circuit 919
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 919
• Start engine is engine running yes or no 919
• Turn ignition switch off and then on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 93 and ground with con sult ii or tester 919
• Voltage battery voltage 919
• Ec 920 920
• Hr with euro obd 920
• Power supply and ground circuit 920
• Ec 921 921
• Hr with euro obd 921
• Power supply and ground circuit 921
• Ec 922 922
• Hr with euro obd 922
• Power supply and ground circuit 922
• Ec 923 923
• Hr with euro obd 923
• Power supply and ground circuit 923
• Ec 924 924
• Ground inspection 924
• Hr with euro obd 924
• Power supply and ground circuit 924
• Can controller area network is a serial communication line for real time application it is an on vehicle mul tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability many elec tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation not independent in can communication control units are connected with 2 communication lines can h line can l line allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring each control unit transmits receives data but selectively reads required data only 925
• Description 925
• Dtc confirmation procedure 925
• Dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 925
• Ec 925 925
• Hr with euro obd 925
• On board diagnosis logic 925
• Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 3 seconds 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 927 diagnostic procedure 925
• Diagnostic procedure 927
• Dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 927
• Ec 927 927
• Go to lan 3 precautions when using consult ii 927
• Hr with euro obd 927
• Description 928
• Dtc confirmation procedure 928
• Dtc u1010 can communication 928
• Ec 928 928
• Hr with euro obd 928
• On board diagnosis logic 928
• With consult ii 928
• With gst 928
• Diagnostic procedure 929
• Dtc u1010 can communication 929
• Ec 929 929
• Hr with euro obd 929
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 930
• Description 930
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 930
• Ec 930 930
• Hr with euro obd 930
• Specification data are reference values 930
• System description 930
• This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve the ecm receives signals such as crankshaft position camshaft position engine speed and engine coolant temperature then the ecm sends on off pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status this makes it possible to control the shut open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low mid speed range and output in high speed range 930
• Caution always drive at a safe speed note 931
• Dtc confirmation procedure 931
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 931
• Ec 931 931
• Ecm enters in fail safe mode when the malfunction is detected 931
• Fail safe mode 931
• Hr with euro obd 931
• If dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is between 10v and 16v at idle 931
• If dtc p0011 is displayed with dtc p1111 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1111 see ec 1077 dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 931
• Let engine idle for 10 seconds 5 if the 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 932 diagnostic procedure if the 1st trip dtc is not detected go to next step 6 maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds 931
• On board diagnosis logic 931
• The mi will not light up for these self diagnoses 931
• Turn ignition switch on and select data monitor mode with consult ii 2 start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera ture 3 maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive sec onds hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 931
• With consult ii 931
• Diagnostic procedure 932
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 932
• Ec 932 932
• Hr with euro obd 932
• With gst 932
• Component inspection 933
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 933
• Ec 933 933
• Hr with euro obd 933
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 933
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 934
• Ec 934 934
• Hr with euro obd 934
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 934
• Removal and installation 934
• Component description 935
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 935
• Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 935
• Ec 935 935
• Fail safe mode 935
• Hr with euro obd 935
• On board diagnosis logic 935
• Specification data are reference values 935
• The mass air flow sensor 1 is placed in the stream of intake air it measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow the mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount the heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it the more air the greater the heat loss therefore the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases the ecm detects the air flow by means of this current change 935
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 935
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 935
• Dtc confirmation procedure 936
• Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 936
• Ec 936 936
• Hr with euro obd 936
• Procedure for dtc p0102 with consult ii 936
• Procedure for dtc p0103 with consult ii 936
• With gst 936
• Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 937
• Ec 937 937
• Hr with euro obd 937
• Wiring diagram 937
• Air duct 938
• Check intake system 938
• Check the following for connection 938
• Diagnostic procedure 938
• Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 938
• Ec 938 938
• Go to 3 938
• Hr with euro obd 938
• Inspection start 938
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold ok or ng 938
• Reconnect the parts 938
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 938
• Vacuum hoses 938
• Which malfunction p0102 or p0103 is duplicated p0102 or p0103 938
• Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 939
• Ec 939 939
• Hr with euro obd 939
• Component inspection 940
• Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 940
• Ec 940 940
• Hr with euro obd 940
• Mass air flow sensor with consult ii 940
• Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 941
• Ec 941 941
• Hr with euro obd 941
• Mass air flow sensor 941
• Removal and installation 941
• Without consult ii 941
• Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in damage to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 942
• Component description 942
• Dtc confirmation procedure 942
• Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 942
• Ec 942 942
• Hr with euro obd 942
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 942
• On board diagnosis logic 942
• The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor 1 the sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ecm the temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise 942
• Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 wait at least 5 seconds 4 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 945 diagnostic procedure 942
• With consult ii 942
• Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 943
• Ec 943 943
• Follow the procedure with consult ii above 943
• Hr with euro obd 943
• With gst 943
• Diagnostic procedure 945
• Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 945
• Ec 945 945
• Hr with euro obd 945
• Component inspection 946
• Dtc p0112 p0113 iat sensor 946
• Ec 946 946
• Hr with euro obd 946
• Intake air temperature sensor 946
• Mass air flow sensor 946
• Removal and installation 946
• Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 947
• Component description 947
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 947
• Ec 947 947
• Fail safe mode 947
• Hr with euro obd 947
• On board diagnosis logic 947
• The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature the sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ecm the modified signal returns to the ecm as the engine coolant temperature input the sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature the electrical resistance of the ther mistor decreases as temperature increases 947
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 947
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 947
• Dtc confirmation procedure 948
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 948
• Ec 948 948
• Hr with euro obd 948
• With consult ii 948
• With gst 948
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 949
• Ec 949 949
• Hr with euro obd 949
• Wiring diagram 949
• Diagnostic procedure 950
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 950
• Ec 950 950
• Hr with euro obd 950
• Component inspection 951
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 951
• Ec 951 951
• Engine coolant temperature sensor 951
• Hr with euro obd 951
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 952
• Ec 952 952
• Engine coolant temperature sensor 952
• Hr with euro obd 952
• If ng replace engine coolant temperature sensor 952
• Refer to em 173 cylinder head 952
• Removal and installation 952
• Component description 953
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 953
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 953
• Ec 953 953
• Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 953
• Fail safe mode 953
• Hr with euro obd 953
• On board diagnosis logic 953
• Specification data are reference values 953
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p0122 or p0123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 953
• When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 953
• Dtc confirmation procedure 954
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 954
• Ec 954 954
• Hr with euro obd 954
• With consult ii 954
• With gst 954
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 955
• Ec 955 955
• Hr with euro obd 955
• Wiring diagram 955
• Check ground connections 956
• Diagnostic procedure 956
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 956
• Ec 956 956
• Hr with euro obd 956
• Ok or ng 956
• Repair or replace ground connections 956
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 956
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 956
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 957
• Ec 957 957
• Hr with euro obd 957
• Component inspection 958
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 958
• Ec 958 958
• Electric throttle control actuator 958
• Hr with euro obd 958
• Removal and installation 958
• Throttle position sensor 958
• Component description 959
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 959
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 959
• Ec 959 959
• Hr with euro obd 959
• On board diagnosis logic 959
• Specification data are reference values 959
• The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 959
• To judge the malfunction the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high 959
• Dtc confirmation procedure 960
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 960
• Ec 960 960
• Hr with euro obd 960
• With consult ii 960
• With gst 960
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 961
• Ec 961 961
• Hr with euro obd 961
• Wiring diagram 961
• Check ground connections 962
• Diagnostic procedure 962
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 962
• Ec 962 962
• Hr with euro obd 962
• Ok or ng 962
• Repair or replace ground connections 962
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 962
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 962
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 963
• Ec 963 963
• Hr with euro obd 963
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 964
• Ec 964 964
• Hr with euro obd 964
• Component inspection 965
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 965
• Ec 965 965
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 965
• Hr with euro obd 965
• Without consult ii 965
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 966
• Ec 966 966
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 966
• Hr with euro obd 966
• Removal and installation 966
• Component description 967
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 967
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 967
• Ec 967 967
• Hr with euro obd 967
• On board diagnosis logic 967
• Specification data are reference values 967
• The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 967
• To judge the malfunction of heated oxygen sensor 1 this diagnosis measures response time of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal the time is compensated by engine operating speed and load fuel feedback control constant and heated oxygen sensor 1 temperature index judgment is based on whether the compensated time heated oxy gen sensor 1 cycling time index is inordinately long or not 967
• Dtc confirmation procedure 968
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 968
• Ec 968 968
• Hr with euro obd 968
• With consult ii 968
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 969
• Ec 969 969
• Hr with euro obd 969
• Overall function check 969
• With gst 969
• Check ground connections 971
• Diagnostic procedure 971
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 971
• Ec 971 971
• Hr with euro obd 971
• Ok or ng 971
• Repair or replace ground connections 971
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 971
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 971
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 972
• Ec 972 972
• Hr with euro obd 972
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 973
• Ec 973 973
• Hr with euro obd 973
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 974
• Ec 974 974
• Hr with euro obd 974
• Component inspection 975
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 975
• Ec 975 975
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 975
• Hr with euro obd 975
• Dtc p0133 ho2s1 976
• Ec 976 976
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 976
• Hr with euro obd 976
• Removal and installation 976
• Without consult ii 976
• Component description 977
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 977
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 977
• Ec 977 977
• Hr with euro obd 977
• On board diagnosis logic 977
• Specification data are reference values 977
• The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 977
• Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is not input the ecm circuits will read a continuous approximately 0 v therefore for this diagnosis the time that output voltage is within 200 to 400 mv range is monitored and the diagnosis checks that this time is not inordinately long 977
• Dtc confirmation procedure 978
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 978
• Ec 978 978
• Hr with euro obd 978
• With consult ii 978
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 979
• Ec 979 979
• Hr with euro obd 979
• Overall function check 979
• With gst 979
• Check ground connections 981
• Diagnostic procedure 981
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 981
• Ec 981 981
• Hr with euro obd 981
• Ok or ng 981
• Repair or replace ground connections 981
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 981
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 981
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 982
• Ec 982 982
• Hr with euro obd 982
• Component inspection 983
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 983
• Ec 983 983
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 983
• Hr with euro obd 983
• Without consult ii 983
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 984
• Ec 984 984
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 984
• Hr with euro obd 984
• Removal and installation 984
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 985
• Description 985
• Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater 985
• Ec 985 985
• Hr with euro obd 985
• On board diagnosis logic 985
• Operation 985
• Specification data are reference values 985
• System description 985
• The ecm performs on off duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine speed and engine coolant temperature the duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine is started 985
• Dtc confirmation procedure 986
• Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater 986
• Ec 986 986
• Hr with euro obd 986
• With consult ii 986
• With gst 986
• Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater 987
• Ec 987 987
• Hr with euro obd 987
• Wiring diagram 987
• Check ground connections 988
• Diagnostic procedure 988
• Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater 988
• Ec 988 988
• Hr with euro obd 988
• Ok or ng 988
• Repair or replace ground connections 988
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 988
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 988
• Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater 989
• Ec 989 989
• Hr with euro obd 989
• Component inspection 990
• Dtc p0135 ho2s1 heater 990
• Ec 990 990
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 990
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater 990
• Hr with euro obd 990
• Removal and installation 990
• Component description 991
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 991
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 991
• Ec 991 991
• Hr with euro obd 991
• On board diagnosis logic 991
• Specification data are reference values 991
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 991
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut 991
• Dtc confirmation procedure 992
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 992
• Ec 992 992
• Hr with euro obd 992
• With consult ii 992
• With gst 992
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 993
• Ec 993 993
• Hr with euro obd 993
• Wiring diagram 993
• Check ground connections 994
• Diagnostic procedure 994
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 994
• Ec 994 994
• Hr with euro obd 994
• Ok or ng 994
• Repair or replace ground connections 994
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 994
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 994
• Component inspection 995
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 995
• Ec 995 995
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 995
• Hr with euro obd 995
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 996
• Ec 996 996
• Hr with euro obd 996
• Without consult ii 996
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 997
• Ec 997 997
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 997
• Hr with euro obd 997
• Refer to ex 3 exhaust system 997
• Removal and installation 997
• Component description 998
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 998
• Dtc p0139 ho2s2 998
• Ec 998 998
• Hr with euro obd 998
• On board diagnosis logic 998
• Specification data are reference values 998
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 998
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the switching response of the sen sor s voltage is faster than specified during the various driving condi tion such as fuel cut 998
• Dtc confirmation procedure 999
• Dtc p0139 ho2s2 999
• Ec 999 999
• Hr with euro obd 999
• With consult ii procedure for cond1 999
• Dtc p0139 ho2s2 1000
• Ec 1000 1000
• Hr with euro obd 1000
• Overall function check 1000
• Procedure for cond2 1000
• Procedure for cond3 1000
• With gst 1000
• Dtc p0139 ho2s2 1001
• Ec 1001 1001
• Hr with euro obd 1001
• Wiring diagram 1001
• Check ground connections 1002
• Diagnostic procedure 1002
• Dtc p0139 ho2s2 1002
• Ec 1002 1002
• Hr with euro obd 1002
• Ok or ng 1002
• Repair or replace ground connections 1002
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1002
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1002
• Dtc p0139 ho2s2 1003
• Ec 1003 1003
• Hr with euro obd 1003
• Component inspection 1004
• Dtc p0139 ho2s2 1004
• Ec 1004 1004
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 1004
• Hr with euro obd 1004
• Dtc p0139 ho2s2 1005
• Ec 1005 1005
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 1005
• Hr with euro obd 1005
• Removal and installation 1005
• Without consult ii 1005
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1006
• Description 1006
• Dtc p0141 ho2s2 heater 1006
• Ec 1006 1006
• Hr with euro obd 1006
• On board diagnosis logic 1006
• Operation 1006
• Specification data are reference values 1006
• System description 1006
• The ecm performs on off control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature 1006
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1007
• Dtc p0141 ho2s2 heater 1007
• Ec 1007 1007
• Hr with euro obd 1007
• With consult ii 1007
• With gst 1007
• Check ground connections 1009
• Diagnostic procedure 1009
• Dtc p0141 ho2s2 heater 1009
• Ec 1009 1009
• Hr with euro obd 1009
• Ok or ng 1009
• Repair or replace ground connections 1009
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1009
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1009
• Dtc p0141 ho2s2 heater 1010
• Ec 1010 1010
• Hr with euro obd 1010
• Component inspection 1011
• Dtc p0141 ho2s2 heater 1011
• Ec 1011 1011
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 1011
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 1011
• Hr with euro obd 1011
• Removal and installation 1011
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1012
• Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 1012
• Ec 1012 1012
• Hr with euro obd 1012
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 1012
• On board diagnosis logic 1012
• Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 turn ignition switch on and select self learning cont in work support mode with con sult ii 4 clear the self learning control coefficient by touching clear 5 select data monitor mode with consult ii 6 start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes the 1st trip dtc p0171 should be detected at this stage if a malfunction exists if so go to ec 1016 diagnostic procedure note if 1st trip dtc is not detected during above procedure perform ing the following procedure is advised a turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds b start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data for 10 minutes refer to the table below hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 1012
• The similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data means the vehicle operation that the following con ditions should be satisfied at the same time 1012
• With consult ii 1012
• With the air fuel mixture ratio self learning control the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1 the ecm calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios in case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large the actual mixture ratio is too lean the ecm judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the mi 2 trip detection logic 1012
• Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 1013
• Ec 1013 1013
• Hr with euro obd 1013
• If engine does not start check exhaust and intake air leak visually 1013
• If it is difficult to start engine at step 6 the fuel injection system has a malfunction too 8 crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal if engine starts go to ec 1016 diagnostic procedure if engine does not start check exhaust and intake air leak visually 1013
• If it is difficult to start engine at step 8 the fuel injection system has a malfunction 11 crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal if engine starts go to ec 1016 diagnostic procedure 1013
• Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 disconnect mass air flow sensor 1 harness connector 4 restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds 5 stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con nector 6 select service 03 with gst make sure dtc p0102 is detected 7 select service 04 with gst and erase the dtc p0102 8 start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes 9 select service 07 with gst the 1st trip dtc p0171 should be detected at this stage if a malfunction exists if so go to ec 1016 diagnostic procedure note if 1st trip dtc is not detected during above procedure performing the following procedure is advised a turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds b start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data for 10 min utes refer to the table below hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 1013
• The similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data means the vehicle operation that the following con ditions should be satisfied at the same time 1013
• With gst 1013
• Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 1015
• Ec 1015 1015
• Hr with euro obd 1015
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1015
• Diagnostic procedure 1016
• Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 1016
• Ec 1016 1016
• Hr with euro obd 1016
• Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 1017
• Ec 1017 1017
• Hr with euro obd 1017
• Dtc p0171 fuel injection system function 1018
• Ec 1018 1018
• Hr with euro obd 1018
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1019
• Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 1019
• Ec 1019 1019
• Hr with euro obd 1019
• If it is difficult to start engine at step 6 the fuel injection system has a malfunction too 1019
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 1019
• On board diagnosis logic 1019
• Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 turn ignition switch on and select self learning cont in work support mode with con sult ii 4 clear the self learning control coefficient by touching clear 5 select data monitor mode with consult ii 6 start engine again and let it idle for at least 10 minutes the 1st trip dtc p0172 should be detected at this stage if a malfunction exists if so go to ec 1023 diagnostic procedure note if 1st trip dtc is not detected during above procedure perform ing the following procedure is advised a turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds b start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data for 10 minutes refer to the table below hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 1019
• The similar conditions to 1st trip freeze frame data means the vehicle operation that the following con ditions should be satisfied at the same time 1019
• With consult ii 1019
• With the air fuel mixture ratio self learning control the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensors 1 the ecm calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios in case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large the actual mixture ratio is too rich the ecm judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the mi 2 trip detection logic 1019
• Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 1020
• Ec 1020 1020
• Hr with euro obd 1020
• With gst 1020
• Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 1021
• Ec 1021 1021
• Hr with euro obd 1021
• Wiring diagram 1021
• Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 1022
• Ec 1022 1022
• Hr with euro obd 1022
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1022
• Diagnostic procedure 1023
• Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 1023
• Ec 1023 1023
• Hr with euro obd 1023
• Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 1024
• Ec 1024 1024
• Hr with euro obd 1024
• Dtc p0172 fuel injection system function 1025
• Ec 1025 1025
• Hr with euro obd 1025
• Component description 1026
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1026
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1026
• Ec 1026 1026
• Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 1026
• Fail safe mode 1026
• Hr with euro obd 1026
• On board diagnosis logic 1026
• Specification data are reference values 1026
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p0222 or p0223 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1026
• When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1026
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1027
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1027
• Ec 1027 1027
• Hr with euro obd 1027
• With consult ii 1027
• With gst 1027
• Check ground connections 1029
• Diagnostic procedure 1029
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1029
• Ec 1029 1029
• Hr with euro obd 1029
• Ok or ng 1029
• Repair or replace ground connections 1029
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1029
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1029
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1030
• Ec 1030 1030
• Hr with euro obd 1030
• Component inspection 1031
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1031
• Ec 1031 1031
• Electric throttle control actuator 1031
• Hr with euro obd 1031
• Removal and installation 1031
• Throttle position sensor 1031
• Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 1032
• Ec 1032 1032
• Hr with euro obd 1032
• On board diagnosis logic 1032
• The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions 1 one trip detection logic three way catalyst damage on the first trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst twc due to over heating the mi will blink when a misfire condition occurs the ecm monitors the ckp sensor pos signal every 200 engine revo lutions for a change when the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the twc the mi will turn off if another misfire condition occurs that can damage the twc on a second trip the mi will blink when the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the twc the mi will remain on if another misfire condition occurs that can damage the twc the mi will begin to blink again 2 two trip detection logic exhaust quality deterioration for misfire conditions that will not damage the twc but will affect vehicle emissions the mi will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip during this condition the ecm mo 1032
• When a misfire occurs engine speed will fluctuate if the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank shaft position ckp sensor pos signal to vary ecm can determine that a misfire is occurring 1032
• Diagnostic procedure 1033
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1033
• Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 1033
• Ec 1033 1033
• Hr with euro obd 1033
• With consult ii 1033
• With gst 1033
• Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 1034
• Ec 1034 1034
• Hr with euro obd 1034
• Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 1035
• Ec 1035 1035
• Hr with euro obd 1035
• Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 1036
• Ec 1036 1036
• Hr with euro obd 1036
• Dtc p0300 p0304 multiple cylinder misfire no 1 4 cylinder mis fire 1037
• Ec 1037 1037
• Hr with euro obd 1037
• Component description 1038
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1038
• Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 1038
• Ec 1038 1038
• Hr with euro obd 1038
• On board diagnosis logic 1038
• With consult ii 1038
• With gst 1038
• Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 1039
• Ec 1039 1039
• Hr with euro obd 1039
• Wiring diagram 1039
• Diagnostic procedure 1040
• Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 1040
• Ec 1040 1040
• Hr with euro obd 1040
• Component inspection 1041
• Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 1041
• Ec 1041 1041
• Hr with euro obd 1041
• Knock sensor 1041
• Removal and installation 1041
• Component description 1042
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1042
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1042
• Ec 1042 1042
• Hr with euro obd 1042
• On board diagnosis logic 1042
• Specification data are reference values 1042
• The crankshaft position sensor pos is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth cogs of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft it detects the fluctuation of the engine rev olution the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when the engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes the ecm receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure 1042
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1043
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1043
• Ec 1043 1043
• Hr with euro obd 1043
• With consult ii 1043
• With gst 1043
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1045
• Ec 1045 1045
• Hr with euro obd 1045
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1045
• Diagnostic procedure 1046
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1046
• Ec 1046 1046
• Hr with euro obd 1046
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1047
• Ec 1047 1047
• Hr with euro obd 1047
• Component inspection 1048
• Crankshaft position sensor pos 1048
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1048
• Ec 1048 1048
• Hr with euro obd 1048
• Removal and installation 1048
• Component description 1049
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1049
• Ec 1049 1049
• Hr with euro obd 1049
• Note if dtc p0340 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1049
• On board diagnosis logic 1049
• The camshaft position sensor phase senses the protrusion of camshaft int to identify a particular cylinder the camshaft position sensor phase senses the piston position when the crankshaft position sensor pos system becomes inoper ative the camshaft position sensor phase provides various con trols of engine parts instead utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure 1049
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1050
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1050
• Ec 1050 1050
• Hr with euro obd 1050
• With consult ii 1050
• With gst 1050
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1051
• Ec 1051 1051
• Hr with euro obd 1051
• Wiring diagram 1051
• Check starting system 1052
• Check starting system refer to sc 45 starting system 1052
• Diagnostic procedure 1052
• Does the engine turn over does the starter motor operate 1052
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1052
• Ec 1052 1052
• Hr with euro obd 1052
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1052
• Turn ignition switch to start position 1052
• Yes or no 1052
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1053
• Ec 1053 1053
• Hr with euro obd 1053
• Camshaft position sensor phase 1054
• Component inspection 1054
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1054
• Ec 1054 1054
• Hr with euro obd 1054
• Camshaft position sensor phase 1055
• Check resistance as shown in the figure 1055
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1055
• Ec 1055 1055
• Hr with euro obd 1055
• Refer to em 151 camshaft 1055
• Removal and installation 1055
• Visually check the sensor for chipping 1055
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1056
• Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 1056
• Ec 1056 1056
• Hr with euro obd 1056
• On board diagnosis logic 1056
• With consult ii 1056
• Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 1057
• Ec 1057 1057
• Hr with euro obd 1057
• Overall function check 1057
• With gst 1057
• Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 1058
• Ec 1058 1058
• Hr with euro obd 1058
• Diagnostic procedure 1059
• Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 1059
• Ec 1059 1059
• Hr with euro obd 1059
• Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 1060
• Ec 1060 1060
• Hr with euro obd 1060
• Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 1061
• Ec 1061 1061
• Hr with euro obd 1061
• Dtc p0420 three way catalyst function 1062
• Ec 1062 1062
• Hr with euro obd 1062
• Component description 1063
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1063
• Description 1063
• Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1063
• Ec 1063 1063
• Hr with euro obd 1063
• On board diagnosis logic 1063
• Specification data are reference values 1063
• System description 1063
• The evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a on off duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canis ter the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by on off pulses from the ecm the longer the on pulse the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve 1063
• This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister the opening of the vapor by pass pas sage in the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats on off operation according to the signal sent from the ecm the opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control the optimum value stored in the ecm is determined by considering various engine conditions when the engine is operating the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister is regulated as the air flow changes 1063
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1064
• Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1064
• Ec 1064 1064
• Hr with euro obd 1064
• With consult ii 1064
• With gst 1064
• Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1065
• Ec 1065 1065
• Hr with euro obd 1065
• Wiring diagram 1065
• Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1066
• Ec 1066 1066
• Hr with euro obd 1066
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1066
• Diagnostic procedure 1067
• Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1067
• Ec 1067 1067
• Hr with euro obd 1067
• Component inspection 1068
• Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1068
• Ec 1068 1068
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve with consult ii 1068
• Hr with euro obd 1068
• Without consult ii 1068
• Dtc p0444 evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1069
• Ec 1069 1069
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1069
• Hr with euro obd 1069
• Refer to em 120 intake manifold 1069
• Removal and installation 1069
• Description 1070
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1070
• Dtc p0500 vss 1070
• Ec 1070 1070
• Hr with euro obd 1070
• On board diagnosis logic 1070
• With consult ii 1070
• Diagnostic procedure 1071
• Dtc p0500 vss 1071
• Ec 1071 1071
• Hr with euro obd 1071
• Overall function check 1071
• With gst 1071
• Component description 1072
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1072
• Dtc p0605 ecm 1072
• Ec 1072 1072
• Fail safe mode 1072
• Hr with euro obd 1072
• On board diagnosis logic 1072
• Procedure for malfunction a with consult ii 1072
• With gst 1072
• Diagnostic procedure 1073
• Dtc p0605 ecm 1073
• Ec 1073 1073
• Hr with euro obd 1073
• Procedure for malfunction b with consult ii 1073
• Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii 1073
• With gst 1073
• Dtc p0605 ecm 1074
• Ec 1074 1074
• Hr with euro obd 1074
• Component description 1075
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1075
• Dtc p1065 ecm 1075
• Ec 1075 1075
• Hr with euro obd 1075
• On board diagnosis logic 1075
• With consult ii 1075
• With gst 1075
• Diagnostic procedure 1076
• Dtc p1065 ecm 1076
• Ec 1076 1076
• Hr with euro obd 1076
• Component description 1077
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1077
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1077
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1077
• Ec 1077 1077
• Following the procedure with consult ii above 1077
• Hr with euro obd 1077
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by on off pulse duty ratio signals from the ecm the intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit or stops oil flow the longer pulse width advances valve angle the shorter pulse width retards valve angle when on and off pulse widths become equal the solenoid valve stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control position 1077
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 1077
• On board diagnosis logic 1077
• Specification data are reference values 1077
• Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds 4 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 1080 diagnostic proce dure 1077
• With consult ii 1077
• With gst 1077
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1079
• Ec 1079 1079
• Hr with euro obd 1079
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1079
• Diagnostic procedure 1080
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1080
• Ec 1080 1080
• Hr with euro obd 1080
• Component inspection 1081
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1081
• Ec 1081 1081
• Hr with euro obd 1081
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 1081
• Removal and installation 1081
• Component description 1082
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1082
• Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 1082
• Ec 1082 1082
• Fail safe mode 1082
• Hr with euro obd 1082
• On board diagnosis logic 1082
• Procedure for malfunction a and b with consult ii 1082
• Diagnostic procedure 1083
• Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 1083
• Ec 1083 1083
• Hr with euro obd 1083
• Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii 1083
• Removal and installation 1083
• With gst 1083
• Description 1084
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1084
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1084
• Ec 1084 1084
• Fail safe mode 1084
• Hr with euro obd 1084
• On board diagnosis logic 1084
• With consult ii 1084
• With gst 1084
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1085
• Ec 1085 1085
• Hr with euro obd 1085
• Wiring diagram 1085
• Check ground connections 1086
• Diagnostic procedure 1086
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1086
• Ec 1086 1086
• Hr with euro obd 1086
• Ok or ng 1086
• Repair or replace ground connections 1086
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1086
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1086
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1087
• Ec 1087 1087
• Hr with euro obd 1087
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1088
• Ec 1088 1088
• Hr with euro obd 1088
• Component inspection 1089
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1089
• Ec 1089 1089
• Electric throttle control actuator 1089
• Hr with euro obd 1089
• Removal and installation 1089
• Throttle control motor 1089
• Component description 1090
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1090
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1090
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1090
• Ec 1090 1090
• Fail safe mode 1090
• Follow the procedure with consult ii above 1090
• Hr with euro obd 1090
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 1090
• On board diagnosis logic 1090
• Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ecm via throttle control motor relay the throttle control motor relay is on off controlled by the ecm when the ignition switch is turned on the ecm sends an on signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ecm when the ignition switch is turned off the ecm sends an off signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ecm 1090
• Procedure for dtc p1124 with consult ii 1090
• Specification data are reference values 1090
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 1090
• Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 1 seconds 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if dtc is detected go to ec 1093 diagnostic procedure 1090
• When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1090
• With gst 1090
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1091
• Ec 1091 1091
• Follow the procedure with consult ii above 1091
• Hr with euro obd 1091
• Procedure for dtc p1126 1091
• Testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 8v 1091
• Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 2 second 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds 4 if dtc is detected go to ec 1093 diagnostic procedure 1091
• With consult ii 1091
• With gst 1091
• Check throttle control motor relay power supply circuit i 1093
• Diagnostic procedure 1093
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1093
• Ec 1093 1093
• Go to 2 1093
• Hr with euro obd 1093
• Ok or ng 1093
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1093
• Turn ignition switch off 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 15 and ground with con sult ii or tester 1093
• Voltage battery voltage 1093
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1094
• Ec 1094 1094
• Hr with euro obd 1094
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1095
• Ec 1095 1095
• Hr with euro obd 1095
• Component description 1096
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1096
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1096
• Ec 1096 1096
• Fail safe mode 1096
• Hr with euro obd 1096
• On board diagnosis logic 1096
• With consult ii 1096
• With gst 1096
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1097
• Ec 1097 1097
• Hr with euro obd 1097
• Wiring diagram 1097
• Check ground connections 1098
• Diagnostic procedure 1098
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1098
• Ec 1098 1098
• Hr with euro obd 1098
• Ok or ng 1098
• Repair or replace ground connections 1098
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1098
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1098
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1099
• Ec 1099 1099
• Hr with euro obd 1099
• Component inspection 1100
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1100
• Ec 1100 1100
• Electric throttle control actuator 1100
• Hr with euro obd 1100
• Removal and installation 1100
• Throttle control motor 1100
• Component description 1101
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1101
• Dtc p1143 ho2s1 1101
• Ec 1101 1101
• Hr with euro obd 1101
• On board diagnosis logic 1101
• Specification data are reference values 1101
• The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 1101
• To judge the malfunction the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low when both the outputs are shifting to the lean side the malfunction will be detected 1101
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1102
• Dtc p1143 ho2s1 1102
• Ec 1102 1102
• Hr with euro obd 1102
• With consult ii 1102
• Diagnostic procedure 1103
• Dtc p1143 ho2s1 1103
• Ec 1103 1103
• Hr with euro obd 1103
• Overall function check 1103
• With gst 1103
• Dtc p1143 ho2s1 1104
• Ec 1104 1104
• Hr with euro obd 1104
• Component inspection 1105
• Dtc p1143 ho2s1 1105
• Ec 1105 1105
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 1105
• Hr with euro obd 1105
• Without consult ii 1105
• Dtc p1143 ho2s1 1106
• Ec 1106 1106
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 1106
• Hr with euro obd 1106
• Removal and installation 1106
• Component description 1107
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1107
• Dtc p1144 ho2s1 1107
• Ec 1107 1107
• Hr with euro obd 1107
• On board diagnosis logic 1107
• Specification data are reference values 1107
• The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 1107
• To judge the malfunction the output from the heated oxygen sensor 1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently high and lean output is sufficiently low when both the outputs are shifting to the rich side the malfunction will be detected 1107
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1108
• Dtc p1144 ho2s1 1108
• Ec 1108 1108
• Hr with euro obd 1108
• With consult ii 1108
• Diagnostic procedure 1109
• Dtc p1144 ho2s1 1109
• Ec 1109 1109
• Hr with euro obd 1109
• Overall function check 1109
• With gst 1109
• Dtc p1144 ho2s1 1110
• Ec 1110 1110
• Hr with euro obd 1110
• Component inspection 1111
• Dtc p1144 ho2s1 1111
• Ec 1111 1111
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 1111
• Hr with euro obd 1111
• Dtc p1144 ho2s1 1112
• Ec 1112 1112
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 1112
• Hr with euro obd 1112
• Removal and installation 1112
• Without consult ii 1112
• Component description 1113
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1113
• Dtc p1146 ho2s2 1113
• Ec 1113 1113
• Hr with euro obd 1113
• On board diagnosis logic 1113
• Specification data are reference values 1113
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 1113
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel cut 1113
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1114
• Dtc p1146 ho2s2 1114
• Ec 1114 1114
• Hr with euro obd 1114
• With consult ii procedure for cond1 1114
• Dtc p1146 ho2s2 1115
• Ec 1115 1115
• Hr with euro obd 1115
• Overall function check 1115
• Procedure for cond2 1115
• Procedure for cond3 1115
• With gst 1115
• Check ground connections 1117
• Diagnostic procedure 1117
• Dtc p1146 ho2s2 1117
• Ec 1117 1117
• Hr with euro obd 1117
• Ok or ng 1117
• Repair or replace ground connections 1117
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1117
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1117
• Dtc p1146 ho2s2 1118
• Ec 1118 1118
• Hr with euro obd 1118
• Component inspection 1119
• Dtc p1146 ho2s2 1119
• Ec 1119 1119
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 1119
• Hr with euro obd 1119
• Dtc p1146 ho2s2 1120
• Ec 1120 1120
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 1120
• Hr with euro obd 1120
• Removal and installation 1120
• Without consult ii 1120
• Component description 1121
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1121
• Dtc p1147 ho2s2 1121
• Ec 1121 1121
• Hr with euro obd 1121
• On board diagnosis logic 1121
• Specification data are reference values 1121
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 1121
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut 1121
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1122
• Dtc p1147 ho2s2 1122
• Ec 1122 1122
• Hr with euro obd 1122
• With consult ii procedure for cond1 1122
• Dtc p1147 ho2s2 1123
• Ec 1123 1123
• Hr with euro obd 1123
• Overall function check 1123
• Procedure for cond2 1123
• Procedure for cond3 1123
• With gst 1123
• Check ground connections 1125
• Diagnostic procedure 1125
• Dtc p1147 ho2s2 1125
• Ec 1125 1125
• Hr with euro obd 1125
• Ok or ng 1125
• Repair or replace ground connections 1125
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1125
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1125
• Dtc p1147 ho2s2 1126
• Ec 1126 1126
• Hr with euro obd 1126
• Component inspection 1127
• Dtc p1147 ho2s2 1127
• Ec 1127 1127
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 1127
• Hr with euro obd 1127
• Dtc p1147 ho2s2 1128
• Ec 1128 1128
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 1128
• Hr with euro obd 1128
• Removal and installation 1128
• Without consult ii 1128
• Description 1129
• Diagnostic procedure 1129
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1129
• Dtc p1212 tcs communication line 1129
• Ec 1129 1129
• Hr with euro obd 1129
• On board diagnosis logic 1129
• With consult ii 1129
• With gst 1129
• Cooling fan control 1130
• Cooling fan operation 1130
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1130
• Ec 1130 1130
• Hr with euro obd 1130
• If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1000 or u1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 925 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 1130
• If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1010 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 928 dtc u1010 can communication 1130
• Models with a c 1130
• System description 1130
• The ecm controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and air conditioner on signal the control system has 3 step control high low off models with a c or 2 step control on off models without a c 1130
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1131
• Cooling fan relay operation 1131
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1131
• Ec 1131 1131
• Hr with euro obd 1131
• If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions engine coolant temperature will rise when the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition a malfunction is indicated this self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 1131
• Models without a c 1131
• On board diagnosis logic 1131
• Specification data are reference values 1131
• The ecm controls cooling fan relays in the ipdm e r through can communication line 1131
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1132
• Ec 1132 1132
• Hr with euro obd 1132
• Overall function check 1132
• With consult ii 1132
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1133
• Ec 1133 1133
• Hr with euro obd 1133
• With gst models with air conditioner 1133
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1134
• Ec 1134 1134
• Hr with euro obd 1134
• Models without air conditioner 1134
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1135
• Ec 1135 1135
• Hr with euro obd 1135
• Models with air conditioner 1135
• Wiring diagram 1135
• Diagnostic procedure 1137
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1137
• Ec 1137 1137
• Hr with euro obd 1137
• Procedure for models with air conditioner 1137
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1138
• Ec 1138 1138
• Hr with euro obd 1138
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1139
• Ec 1139 1139
• Hr with euro obd 1139
• Procedure a 1139
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1140
• Ec 1140 1140
• Hr with euro obd 1140
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1141
• Ec 1141 1141
• Hr with euro obd 1141
• Procedure for models without air conditioner 1141
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1142
• Ec 1142 1142
• Hr with euro obd 1142
• Procedure b 1142
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1143
• Ec 1143 1143
• Hr with euro obd 1143
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1144
• Ec 1144 1144
• Hr with euro obd 1144
• Main 12 causes of overheating 1144
• Component inspection 1145
• Cooling fan motor 1145
• Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors 2 supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation 1145
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1145
• Ec 1145 1145
• Hr with euro obd 1145
• Component description 1146
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1146
• Dtc p1225 tp sensor 1146
• Ec 1146 1146
• Hr with euro obd 1146
• On board diagnosis logic 1146
• With consult ii 1146
• With gst 1146
• Diagnostic procedure 1147
• Dtc p1225 tp sensor 1147
• Ec 1147 1147
• Electric throttle control actuator 1147
• Hr with euro obd 1147
• Removal and installation 1147
• Component description 1148
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1148
• Dtc p1226 tp sensor 1148
• Ec 1148 1148
• Hr with euro obd 1148
• On board diagnosis logic 1148
• With consult ii 1148
• With gst 1148
• Diagnostic procedure 1149
• Dtc p1226 tp sensor 1149
• Ec 1149 1149
• Electric throttle control actuator 1149
• Hr with euro obd 1149
• Removal and installation 1149
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1150
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1150
• Ec 1150 1150
• Fail safe mode 1150
• Follow the procedure with consult ii above 1150
• Hr with euro obd 1150
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is more than 10v at idle 1150
• On board diagnosis logic 1150
• This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 1150
• Turn ignition switch on 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 start engine and let it idle for 1 second 4 if dtc is detected go to ec 1155 diagnostic procedure 1150
• When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1150
• With consult ii 1150
• With gst 1150
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1151
• Ec 1151 1151
• Hr with euro obd 1151
• Lhd models 1151
• Wiring diagram 1151
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1152
• Ec 1152 1152
• Hr with euro obd 1152
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1152
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1153
• Ec 1153 1153
• Hr with euro obd 1153
• Rhd models 1153
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1154
• Ec 1154 1154
• Hr with euro obd 1154
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1154
• Diagnostic procedure 1155
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1155
• Ec 1155 1155
• Hr with euro obd 1155
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1156
• Ec 1156 1156
• Hr with euro obd 1156
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1157
• Ec 1157 1157
• Hr with euro obd 1157
• Caution always drive vehicle at a safe speed note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 1158
• Component description 1158
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1158
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1158
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1158
• Ec 1158 1158
• Hr with euro obd 1158
• If 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 1163 diagnostic proce dure 1158
• If ng go to ec 1163 diagnostic procedure if ok go to following step 3 select data monitor mode with consult ii 4 start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 5 maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive sec onds 1158
• On board diagnosis logic 1158
• Specification data are reference values 1158
• Turn ignition switch on 2 select p n posi sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii then check the p n posi sw signal under the follow ing conditions 1158
• When the shift lever position is p or n a t neutral m t park neutral position pnp switch is on ecm detects the position because the continuity of the line the on signal exists 1158
• With consult ii 1158
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1159
• Ec 1159 1159
• Hr with euro obd 1159
• If ng go to ec 1163 diagnostic procedure 1159
• Overall function check 1159
• Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 70 pnp switch signal and ground under the following conditions 1159
• Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park neutral position pnp switch circuit during this check a 1st trip dtc might not be confirmed 1159
• With gst 1159
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1161
• Ec 1161 1161
• Hr with euro obd 1161
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1161
• Check pnp switch circuit 1163
• Diagnostic procedure 1163
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1163
• Ec 1163 1163
• Go to 2 1163
• Hr with euro obd 1163
• Ok or ng 1163
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1163
• Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ipdm e r terminal 31 and ground under following condition 1163
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1164
• Ec 1164 1164
• Hr with euro obd 1164
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1165
• Ec 1165 1165
• Hr with euro obd 1165
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1166
• Ec 1166 1166
• Hr with euro obd 1166
• Brake switch signal is applied to the ecm through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed this signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving 1167
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1167
• Description 1167
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1167
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 1167
• Ec 1167 1167
• Fail safe mode 1167
• Follow the procedure with consult ii above 1167
• Hr with euro obd 1167
• On board diagnosis logic 1167
• Specification data are reference values 1167
• The mi will not light up for this self diagnosis 1167
• Turn ignition switch on 2 fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds 3 erase the dtc with consult ii 4 select data monitor mode with consult ii 5 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 1169 diagnostic proce dure 1167
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters in fail safe mode 1167
• With consult ii 1167
• With gst 1167
• Diagnostic procedure 1169
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 1169
• Ec 1169 1169
• Hr with euro obd 1169
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 1170
• Ec 1170 1170
• Hr with euro obd 1170
• Component inspection 1171
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 1171
• Ec 1171 1171
• Hr with euro obd 1171
• If ng adjust stop lamp switch installation refer to br 6 brake pedal and perform step 3 again 1171
• Stop lamp switch 1171
• Turn ignition switch off 2 disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector 3 check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions 1171
• Component description 1172
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1172
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1172
• Ec 1172 1172
• Fail safe mode 1172
• Hr with euro obd 1172
• On board diagnosis logic 1172
• Specification data are reference values 1172
• The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 1172
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2122 or p2123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1172
• When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1172
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1173
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1173
• Ec 1173 1173
• Hr with euro obd 1173
• With consult ii 1173
• With gst 1173
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1175
• Ec 1175 1175
• Hr with euro obd 1175
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1175
• Check ground connections 1177
• Diagnostic procedure 1177
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1177
• Ec 1177 1177
• Hr with euro obd 1177
• Ok or ng 1177
• Repair or replace ground connections 1177
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1177
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1177
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1178
• Ec 1178 1178
• Hr with euro obd 1178
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1179
• Ec 1179 1179
• Hr with euro obd 1179
• Accelerator pedal 1180
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 1180
• Component inspection 1180
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1180
• Ec 1180 1180
• Hr with euro obd 1180
• Removal and installation 1180
• Component description 1181
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1181
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1181
• Ec 1181 1181
• Fail safe mode 1181
• Hr with euro obd 1181
• On board diagnosis logic 1181
• Specification data are reference values 1181
• The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 1181
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 1181
• When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1181
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1182
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1182
• Ec 1182 1182
• Hr with euro obd 1182
• With consult ii 1182
• With gst 1182
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1183
• Ec 1183 1183
• Hr with euro obd 1183
• Lhd models 1183
• Wiring diagram 1183
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1184
• Ec 1184 1184
• Hr with euro obd 1184
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1184
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1185
• Ec 1185 1185
• Hr with euro obd 1185
• Rhd models 1185
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1186
• Ec 1186 1186
• Hr with euro obd 1186
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1186
• Diagnostic procedure 1187
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1187
• Ec 1187 1187
• Hr with euro obd 1187
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1188
• Ec 1188 1188
• Hr with euro obd 1188
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1189
• Ec 1189 1189
• Hr with euro obd 1189
• Accelerator pedal 1190
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 1190
• Component inspection 1190
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1190
• Ec 1190 1190
• Hr with euro obd 1190
• Removal and installation 1190
• Component description 1191
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1191
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1191
• Ec 1191 1191
• Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 1191
• Fail safe mode 1191
• Hr with euro obd 1191
• On board diagnosis logic 1191
• Specification data are reference values 1191
• This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2135 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1191
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1191
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1192
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1192
• Ec 1192 1192
• Hr with euro obd 1192
• With consult ii 1192
• With gst 1192
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1193
• Ec 1193 1193
• Hr with euro obd 1193
• Wiring diagram 1193
• Check ground connections 1194
• Diagnostic procedure 1194
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1194
• Ec 1194 1194
• Hr with euro obd 1194
• Ok or ng 1194
• Repair or replace ground connections 1194
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1194
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1194
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1195
• Ec 1195 1195
• Hr with euro obd 1195
• Component inspection 1196
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1196
• Ec 1196 1196
• Electric throttle control actuator 1196
• Hr with euro obd 1196
• Removal and installation 1196
• Throttle position sensor 1196
• Component description 1197
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1197
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1197
• Ec 1197 1197
• Hr with euro obd 1197
• On board diagnosis logic 1197
• Specification data are reference values 1197
• The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 1197
• This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2138 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1150 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1197
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1198
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1198
• Ec 1198 1198
• Fail safe mode 1198
• Hr with euro obd 1198
• With consult ii 1198
• With gst 1198
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1199
• Ec 1199 1199
• Hr with euro obd 1199
• Lhd models 1199
• Wiring diagram 1199
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1200
• Ec 1200 1200
• Hr with euro obd 1200
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1200
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1201
• Ec 1201 1201
• Hr with euro obd 1201
• Rhd models 1201
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1202
• Ec 1202 1202
• Hr with euro obd 1202
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1202
• Diagnostic procedure 1203
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1203
• Ec 1203 1203
• Hr with euro obd 1203
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1204
• Ec 1204 1204
• Hr with euro obd 1204
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1205
• Ec 1205 1205
• Hr with euro obd 1205
• Accelerator pedal 1206
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 1206
• Component inspection 1206
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1206
• Ec 1206 1206
• Hr with euro obd 1206
• Removal and installation 1206
• Check heater fan signal circuit overall function 1207
• Check heater fan sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii under the following conditions 1207
• Check load signal circuit overall funcition i 1207
• Check load signal circuit overall function ii 1207
• Check load signal in data monitor mode with consult ii under the following conditions 1207
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1207
• Diagnostic procedure 1207
• Ec 1207 1207
• Electrical load signal 1207
• Go to 4 1207
• Go to 5 1207
• Go to 6 1207
• Hr with euro obd 1207
• Ok or ng 1207
• Specification data are reference values 1207
• Turn ignition switch on 2 check load signal in data monitor mode with con sult ii under the following conditions 1207
• Ec 1208 1208
• Electrical load signal 1208
• Hr with euro obd 1208
• Component description 1209
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1209
• Ec 1209 1209
• Fuel injector 1209
• Hr with euro obd 1209
• Specification data are reference values 1209
• The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injec tor is energized the energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs 1209
• Diagnostic procedure 1211
• Ec 1211 1211
• Fuel injector 1211
• Go to 3 1211
• Hr with euro obd 1211
• Inspection start 1211
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1211
• Turn ignition switch to start is any cylinder ignited yes or no 1211
• Ec 1212 1212
• Fuel injector 1212
• Hr with euro obd 1212
• Ec 1213 1213
• Fuel injector 1213
• Hr with euro obd 1213
• Component inspection 1214
• Ec 1214 1214
• Fuel injector 1214
• Hr with euro obd 1214
• Removal and installation 1214
• A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank 1215
• Component description 1215
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1215
• Description 1215
• Ec 1215 1215
• Fuel pump 1215
• Hr with euro obd 1215
• Specification data are reference values 1215
• System description 1215
• The ecm activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine startability if the ecm receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor pos and cam shaft position sensor phase it knows that the engine is rotating and causes the pump to operate if the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is on the engine stalls the ecm stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging thereby improving safety the ecm does not directly drive the fuel pump it controls the on off fuel pump relay which in turn controls the fuel pump 1215
• Diagnostic procedure 1217
• Ec 1217 1217
• Fuel pump 1217
• Hr with euro obd 1217
• Ec 1218 1218
• Fuel pump 1218
• Hr with euro obd 1218
• Ec 1219 1219
• Fuel pump 1219
• Hr with euro obd 1219
• Component inspection 1220
• Ec 1220 1220
• Fuel pump 1220
• Hr with euro obd 1220
• Removal and installation 1220
• Component description 1221
• Ec 1221 1221
• Fuel injector 2 1221
• Hr with euro obd 1221
• Ignition coil power transistor 1221
• Ignition signal 1221
• The ignition signal from the ecm is sent to and amplified by the power transistor the power transistor turns on and off the ignition coil 1 primary circuit this on off operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit 1221
• Ec 1223 1223
• Hr with euro obd 1223
• Ignition signal 1223
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1223
• Check engine start 1225
• Check overall function 1225
• Diagnostic procedure 1225
• Ec 1225 1225
• Go to 10 1225
• Go to 4 1225
• Hr with euro obd 1225
• Ignition signal 1225
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1225
• Turn ignition switch off and restart engine is engine running yes or no 1225
• With consult ii 1 perform power balance in active test mode with consult ii 2 make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop ok or ng 1225
• Ec 1226 1226
• Hr with euro obd 1226
• Ignition signal 1226
• Ec 1227 1227
• Hr with euro obd 1227
• Ignition signal 1227
• Ec 1228 1228
• Hr with euro obd 1228
• Ignition signal 1228
• Component inspection 1229
• Ec 1229 1229
• Hr with euro obd 1229
• Ignition coil with power transistor 1229
• Ignition signal 1229
• Condenser 1230
• Ec 1230 1230
• Hr with euro obd 1230
• Ignition coil with power transistor 1230
• Ignition signal 1230
• Removal and installation 1230
• Component description 1231
• Ec 1231 1231
• Hr with euro obd 1231
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 1231
• The refrigerant pressure sensor 1 is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system the sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage the voltage signal is sent to ecm and ecm controls cooling fan system 1231
• Vehicle front 1231
• Check ground connections 1233
• Check refrigerant pressure sensor overall function 1233
• Diagnostic procedure 1233
• Ec 1233 1233
• Go to 2 1233
• Hr with euro obd 1233
• Ok or ng 1233
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 1233
• Repair or replace ground connections 1233
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1233
• Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn a c switch and blower fan switch on 3 check voltage between ecm terminal 41 and ground with con sult ii or tester 1233
• Turn a c switch and blower fan switch off 2 stop engine 3 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 924 ground inspection 1233
• Voltage 1 4 v 1233
• Ec 1234 1234
• Hr with euro obd 1234
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 1234
• Ec 1235 1235
• Hr with euro obd 1235
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 1235
• Removal and installation 1235
• Calculated load value 1237
• Ec 1237 1237
• Engine coolant temperature sensor 1237
• Fuel pressure 1237
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater 1237
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 1237
• Hr with euro obd 1237
• Idle speed and ignition timing 1237
• Intake air temperature sensor 1237
• Knock sensor 1237
• Mass air flow sensor 1237
• Service data and specifications sds 1237
• Camshaft position sensor phase 1238
• Crankshaft position sensor pos 1238
• Ec 1238 1238
• Fuel injector 1238
• Fuel pump 1238
• Hr with euro obd 1238
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 1238
• Refer to ec 1048 component inspection 1238
• Refer to ec 1054 component inspection 1238
• Service data and specifications sds 1238
• Throttle control motor 1238
• Dtc no index 1239
• Ec 1239 1239
• Hr without euro obd 1239
• If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 1344 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 1239
• If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 1347 dtc u1010 can communication 1239
• Index for dtc 1239
• Ec 1240 1240
• Hr without euro obd 1240
• Index for dtc 1240
• Alphabetical index 1241
• Ec 1241 1241
• Hr without euro obd 1241
• If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 1344 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 1241
• If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 1347 dtc u1010 can communication 1241
• Index for dtc 1241
• Ec 1242 1242
• Hr without euro obd 1242
• Index for dtc 1242
• Ec 1243 1243
• Hr without euro obd 1243
• Lhd models 1243
• Maintenance information 1243
• On board diagnostic obd system of engine 1243
• Precautions 1243
• Precautions for procedures without cowl top cover 1243
• Precautions for supplemental restraint system srs air bag and seat belt pre tensioner 1243
• Rhd models 1243
• Ec 1244 1244
• Hr without euro obd 1244
• Precaution 1244
• Precautions 1244
• Ec 1245 1245
• Hr without euro obd 1245
• Precautions 1245
• Ec 1246 1246
• Hr without euro obd 1246
• Precautions 1246
• Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body 1247
• Ec 1247 1247
• Hr without euro obd 1247
• Precautions 1247
• Ec 1248 1248
• Hr without euro obd 1248
• Preparation 1248
• Special service tools 1248
• Commercial service tools 1249
• Ec 1249 1249
• Hr without euro obd 1249
• Preparation 1249
• During acceleration 1251
• During deceleration 1251
• During high engine speed operation 1251
• During warm up 1251
• Ec 1251 1251
• Engine control system 1251
• Hot engine operation 1251
• Hr without euro obd 1251
• Input output signal chart 1251
• Multiport fuel injection mfi system 1251
• System description 1251
• The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ecm the ecm controls the length of time the valve remains open injection pulse duration the amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ecm memory the program value is preset by engine operating conditions these conditions are determined by input signals for engine speed and intake air from the crankshaft position sensor pos camshaft position sensor phase and the mass air flow sensor 1251
• Various fuel injection increase decrease compensation 1251
• When shift lever is changed from n to d a t models 1251
• When starting the engine 1251
• Ec 1252 1252
• Engine control system 1252
• Hr without euro obd 1252
• Mixture ratio feedback control closed loop control 1252
• Mixture ratio self learning control 1252
• Open loop control 1252
• At idle 1253
• At low battery voltage 1253
• At starting 1253
• During warm up 1253
• Ec 1253 1253
• Electronic ignition ei system 1253
• Engine control system 1253
• Firing order 1 3 4 2 the ignition timing is controlled by the ecm to maintain the best air fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine the ignition timing data is stored in the ecm the ecm receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor phase sig nal computing this information ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor during the following conditions the ignition timing is revised by the ecm according to the other data stored in the ecm 1253
• Fuel injection timing 1253
• Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order this system is used when the engine is running 1253
• Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle in other words pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ecm the four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle this system is used when the engine is being started and or if the fail safe system cpu is operating 1253
• Fuel shut off 1253
• Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds 1253
• Hr without euro obd 1253
• Input output signal chart 1253
• Sequential multiport fuel injection system 1253
• Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system 1253
• System description 1253
• Two types of systems are used 1253
• During acceleration the knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies the basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti knocking zone if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions the retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions if engine knocking occurs the knock sensor monitors the condition the signal is transmitted to the ecm the ecm retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition 1254
• Ec 1254 1254
• Engine control system 1254
• Fuel cut control at no load and high engine speed 1254
• Hr without euro obd 1254
• If the engine speed is above 2 500 rpm under no load for example the shift lever position is neutral and engine speed is over 2 500 rpm fuel will be cut off after some time the exact time when the fuel is cut off var ies based on engine speed fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 2 000 rpm then fuel cut will be cancelled note this function is different from deceleration control listed under ec 1251 multiport fuel injection mfi sys tem 1254
• Input output signal chart 1254
• System description 1254
• Air conditioning cut control 1255
• At high engine speeds 1255
• Ec 1255 1255
• Hr without euro obd 1255
• Input output signal chart 1255
• System description 1255
• This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used under the following conditions the air conditioner is turned off 1255
• When cranking the engine 1255
• When engine speed is excessively low 1255
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed 1255
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high 1255
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed 1255
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high 1255
• Can communication 1256
• Ec 1256 1256
• Hr without euro obd 1256
• System description 1256
• Description 1257
• Ec 1257 1257
• Evaporative emission system 1257
• Hr without euro obd 1257
• System description 1257
• The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system this reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the evap canister the fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the evap canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank the vapor in the evap canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ecm when the engine operates the flow rate of vapor controlled by evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating 1257
• Ec 1258 1258
• Evaporative emission line drawing 1258
• Evaporative emission system 1258
• Hr without euro obd 1258
• Ec 1259 1259
• Evaporative emission system 1259
• Hr without euro obd 1259
• Component inspection 1260
• Ec 1260 1260
• Evap canister 1260
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1260
• Evaporative emission system 1260
• Fuel tank vacuum relief valve built into fuel filler cap 1260
• Hr without euro obd 1260
• Description 1261
• Ec 1261 1261
• Hr without euro obd 1261
• Nats nissan anti theft system 1261
• Component inspection 1262
• Description 1262
• Ec 1262 1262
• Hr without euro obd 1262
• Pcv positive crankcase ventilation valve 1262
• Positive crankcase ventilation 1262
• System description 1262
• Check hoses and hose connections for leaks 2 disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air if any hose cannot be freed of obstructions replace 1263
• Ec 1263 1263
• Hr without euro obd 1263
• Pcv valve ventilation hose 1263
• Positive crankcase ventilation 1263
• Ec 1264 1264
• Emission related diagnostic information 1264
• Emission related diagnostic information items 1264
• Hr without euro obd 1264
• Introduction 1264
• On board diagnostic obd system 1264
• The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below 1264
• The ecm has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua tors the ecm also records various emission related diagnostic information including 1264
• The malfunction indicator mi on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips two trip detection logic or when the ecm enters fail safe mode refer to ec 1291 fail safe chart 1264
• The trip in the two trip detection logic means a driving mode in which self diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation when there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 1264
• Two trip detection logic 1264
• Dtc and 1st trip dtc 1265
• Ec 1265 1265
• Hr without euro obd 1265
• On board diagnostic obd system 1265
• The 1st trip dtc whose number is the same as the dtc number is displayed for the latest self diagnostic result obtained if the ecm memory was cleared previously and the 1st trip dtc did not reoccur the 1st trip dtc will not be displayed if a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip the 1st trip dtc is stored in the ecm memory the mi will not light up two trip detection logic if the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip meeting the required 1265
• Ec 1266 1266
• Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data 1266
• How to read dtc and 1st trip dtc 1266
• Hr without euro obd 1266
• On board diagnostic obd system 1266
• Ec 1267 1267
• How to erase emission related diagnostic information how to erase dtc 1267
• Hr without euro obd 1267
• On board diagnostic obd system 1267
• Description 1268
• Ec 1268 1268
• Hr without euro obd 1268
• Malfunction indicator mi 1268
• On board diagnostic obd system 1268
• On board diagnostic system function 1268
• The mi is located on the instrument panel 1 the mi will light up when the ignition switch is turned on without the engine running this is a bulb check if the mi does not light up refer to di 32 warning lamps or see ec 1596 mi data link connectors 2 when the engine is started the mi should go off if the mi remains on the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction 1268
• The on board diagnostic system has the following four functions 1268
• When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 1268
• Diagnostic test mode i bulb check 1269
• Ec 1269 1269
• How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 1269
• How to set diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor 1269
• How to set diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 1269
• How to switch diagnostic test mode 1269
• Hr without euro obd 1269
• Mi flashing without dtc 1269
• On board diagnostic obd system 1269
• Diagnostic test mode i malfunction warning 1270
• Diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 1270
• Ec 1270 1270
• How to erase diagnostic test mode ii self diagnostic results 1270
• Hr without euro obd 1270
• On board diagnostic obd system 1270
• Diagnostic test mode ii heated oxygen sensor 1 monitor 1271
• Ec 1271 1271
• Hr without euro obd 1271
• In this mode the mi displays the condition of the fuel mixture lean or rich which is monitored by the heated oxygen sensor 1 1271
• On board diagnostic obd system 1271
• To check the heated oxygen sensor 1 function start engine in the diagnostic test mode ii and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of the gauge next run engine at about 2 000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load conditions then make sure that the mi comes on more than 5 times within 10 seconds with engine running at 2 000 rpm under no load 1271
• Basic inspection 1272
• Basic service procedure 1272
• Ec 1272 1272
• Hr without euro obd 1272
• Basic service procedure 1273
• Ec 1273 1273
• Hr without euro obd 1273
• Basic service procedure 1274
• Ec 1274 1274
• Hr without euro obd 1274
• Basic service procedure 1275
• Ec 1275 1275
• Hr without euro obd 1275
• Basic service procedure 1276
• Ec 1276 1276
• Hr without euro obd 1276
• Basic service procedure 1277
• Ec 1277 1277
• Hr without euro obd 1277
• Idle speed and ignition timing check 1277
• Idle speed with consult ii 1277
• Ignition timing 1277
• Method a 1277
• Without consult ii 1277
• Accelerator pedal released position learning 1278
• Basic service procedure 1278
• Description 1278
• Ec 1278 1278
• Hr without euro obd 1278
• Method b 1278
• Operation procedure 1278
• Basic service procedure 1279
• Description 1279
• Ec 1279 1279
• Hr without euro obd 1279
• Idle air volume learning 1279
• Operation procedure 1279
• Operation procedure with consult ii 1279
• Preparation 1279
• Throttle valve closed position learning 1279
• Basic service procedure 1280
• Ec 1280 1280
• Hr without euro obd 1280
• Without consult ii 1280
• Basic service procedure 1281
• Diagnostic procedure 1281
• Ec 1281 1281
• Fuel pressure check 1281
• Fuel pressure release with consult ii 1281
• Hr without euro obd 1281
• Basic service procedure 1282
• Ec 1282 1282
• Fuel pressure check 1282
• Hr without euro obd 1282
• Without consult ii 1282
• Basic service procedure 1283
• Ec 1283 1283
• Hr without euro obd 1283
• Ec 1284 1284
• Hr without euro obd 1284
• Introduction 1284
• Trouble diagnosis 1284
• Trouble diagnosis introduction 1284
• Ec 1285 1285
• Hr without euro obd 1285
• Trouble diagnosis 1285
• Work flow overall sequence 1285
• Detailed flow 1286
• Ec 1286 1286
• Hr without euro obd 1286
• Trouble diagnosis 1286
• Ec 1287 1287
• Hr without euro obd 1287
• Trouble diagnosis 1287
• Diagnostic worksheet description 1288
• Ec 1288 1288
• Hr without euro obd 1288
• Trouble diagnosis 1288
• Ec 1289 1289
• Hr without euro obd 1289
• Trouble diagnosis 1289
• Worksheet sample 1289
• Dtc inspection priority chart 1290
• Ec 1290 1290
• Hr without euro obd 1290
• If dtc u1000 or u1001 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 1344 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 1290
• If dtc u1010 is displayed with other dtc first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 1347 dtc u1010 can communication 1290
• If some dtcs are displayed at the same time perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart note 1290
• Trouble diagnosis 1290
• Ec 1291 1291
• Fail safe chart 1291
• Hr without euro obd 1291
• Trouble diagnosis 1291
• When the dtc listed below is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1291
• When there is an open circuit on mi circuit the ecm cannot warn the driver by lighting up mi when there is malfunction on engine control system therefore when electrical controlled throttle and part of ecm related diagnoses are continuously detected as ng for 5 trips ecm warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and mi circuit is open by means of operating fail safe function the fail safe function also operates when above diagnoses except mi circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction 1291
• Ec 1292 1292
• Hr without euro obd 1292
• Symptom matrix chart 1292
• System basic engine control system 1292
• Trouble diagnosis 1292
• Ec 1293 1293
• Hr without euro obd 1293
• System engine mechanical other 1293
• Trouble diagnosis 1293
• Ec 1294 1294
• Hr without euro obd 1294
• Trouble diagnosis 1294
• Ec 1295 1295
• Hr without euro obd 1295
• Trouble diagnosis 1295
• Ec 1296 1296
• Engine control component parts location 1296
• Hr without euro obd 1296
• Trouble diagnosis 1296
• Ec 1297 1297
• Hr without euro obd 1297
• Trouble diagnosis 1297
• Ec 1298 1298
• Hr without euro obd 1298
• Trouble diagnosis 1298
• Ec 1299 1299
• Hr without euro obd 1299
• Trouble diagnosis 1299
• Ec 1300 1300
• Hr without euro obd 1300
• Trouble diagnosis 1300
• Ec 1301 1301
• Hr without euro obd 1301
• Refer to ec 1250 system diagram for vacuum control system 1301
• Trouble diagnosis 1301
• Vacuum hose drawing 1301
• Ec 1303 1303
• Hr without euro obd 1303
• Trouble diagnosis 1303
• Data is for comparison and may not be exact 1304
• Disconnect ecm harness connector 1304
• Ec 1304 1304
• Ecm 1 is located in the engine room left side near battery 1304
• Ecm harness connector terminal layout 1304
• Ecm inspection table 1304
• Ecm terminals and reference value 1304
• Fasten b 3 connect a break out box sst and y cable adapter sst between the ecm and ecm harness connector 1304
• Hr without euro obd 1304
• Preparation 1304
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecms transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1304
• Trouble diagnosis 1304
• Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time 1304
• Vehicle front 1304
• When disconnecting ecm harness connector loosen a it with levers 1 as far as they will go as shown in the figure 1304
• Ec 1305 1305
• Hr without euro obd 1305
• Trouble diagnosis 1305
• Ec 1306 1306
• Hr without euro obd 1306
• Trouble diagnosis 1306
• Ec 1307 1307
• Hr without euro obd 1307
• Trouble diagnosis 1307
• Ec 1308 1308
• Hr without euro obd 1308
• Trouble diagnosis 1308
• Ec 1309 1309
• Hr without euro obd 1309
• Trouble diagnosis 1309
• Ec 1310 1310
• Hr without euro obd 1310
• Trouble diagnosis 1310
• Ec 1311 1311
• Hr without euro obd 1311
• Trouble diagnosis 1311
• Consult ii function engine 1312
• Ec 1312 1312
• Engine control component parts control systems application 1312
• Function 1312
• Hr without euro obd 1312
• Trouble diagnosis 1312
• Ec 1313 1313
• Hr without euro obd 1313
• Inspection procedure 1313
• Refer to gi 36 consult ii start procedure 1313
• Regarding items of dtc and 1st trip dtc refer to ec 1264 emission related diagnostic informa tion items 1313
• Self diag results mode self diagnostic item 1313
• Trouble diagnosis 1313
• Work support mode work item 1313
• Data monitor mode monitored item 1314
• Ec 1314 1314
• Freeze frame data and 1st trip freeze frame data 1314
• Hr without euro obd 1314
• Trouble diagnosis 1314
• Ec 1315 1315
• Hr without euro obd 1315
• Trouble diagnosis 1315
• Ec 1316 1316
• Hr without euro obd 1316
• Trouble diagnosis 1316
• Data monitor spec mode monitored item 1317
• Ec 1317 1317
• Hr without euro obd 1317
• Trouble diagnosis 1317
• Active test mode test item 1318
• Ec 1318 1318
• Hr without euro obd 1318
• Trouble diagnosis 1318
• Ec 1319 1319
• Hr without euro obd 1319
• Real time diagnosis in data monitor mode recording vehicle data description 1319
• Trouble diagnosis 1319
• Ec 1320 1320
• Hr without euro obd 1320
• Operation 1320
• Trouble diagnosis 1320
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor 1321
• Ec 1321 1321
• Hr without euro obd 1321
• Trouble diagnosis 1321
• Ec 1322 1322
• Hr without euro obd 1322
• Trouble diagnosis 1322
• Ec 1323 1323
• Hr without euro obd 1323
• Trouble diagnosis 1323
• Clsd thl pos accel sen 1 thrtl sen 1 1324
• Ec 1324 1324
• Eng speed mas a f se b1 thrtl sen 1 ho2s2 b1 inj pulse b1 1324
• Hr without euro obd 1324
• Major sensor reference graph in data monitor mode 1324
• Trouble diagnosis 1324
• Ec 1325 1325
• Hr without euro obd 1325
• Trouble diagnosis 1325
• Description 1326
• Ec 1326 1326
• Hr without euro obd 1326
• Inspection procedure 1326
• Testing condition 1326
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 1326
• Diagnostic procedure 1327
• Ec 1327 1327
• Hr without euro obd 1327
• Overall sequence 1327
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 1327
• Detailed procedure 1329
• Ec 1329 1329
• Hr without euro obd 1329
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 1329
• Ec 1330 1330
• Hr without euro obd 1330
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 1330
• Ec 1331 1331
• Hr without euro obd 1331
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 1331
• Ec 1332 1332
• Hr without euro obd 1332
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 1332
• Ec 1333 1333
• Hr without euro obd 1333
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 1333
• Ec 1334 1334
• Hr without euro obd 1334
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 1334
• Check b fuel schdl 1335
• Detect malfunctioning part according to ec 1292 symptom matrix chart 1335
• Ec 1335 1335
• Hr without euro obd 1335
• Select b fuel schdl in data monitor spec mode and then make sure that the indication is within the sp value ok or ng 1335
• Trouble diagnosis specification value 1335
• Description 1336
• Diagnostic procedure 1336
• Ec 1336 1336
• Hr without euro obd 1336
• Trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident 1336
• Ec 1337 1337
• Hr without euro obd 1337
• Power supply and ground circuit 1337
• Wiring diagram 1337
• Check ecm power supply circuit i 1338
• Diagnostic procedure 1338
• Ec 1338 1338
• Go to 2 1338
• Go to 3 1338
• Hr without euro obd 1338
• Inspection start 1338
• Ok or ng 1338
• Power supply and ground circuit 1338
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1338
• Start engine is engine running yes or no 1338
• Turn ignition switch off and then on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 93 and ground with con sult ii or tester 1338
• Voltage battery voltage 1338
• Ec 1339 1339
• Hr without euro obd 1339
• Power supply and ground circuit 1339
• Ec 1340 1340
• Hr without euro obd 1340
• Power supply and ground circuit 1340
• Ec 1341 1341
• Hr without euro obd 1341
• Power supply and ground circuit 1341
• Ec 1342 1342
• Ground inspection 1342
• Hr without euro obd 1342
• Power supply and ground circuit 1342
• Clean as required to assure good contact 1343
• Ec 1343 1343
• Hr without euro obd 1343
• If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal check for proper crimps make sure all of the wires are clean securely fastened and providing a good ground path if multiple wires are cased in one eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation for detailed ground distribution information refer to pg 38 ground distribution 1343
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish dirt rust etc 1343
• Inspect for add on accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit 1343
• Power supply and ground circuit 1343
• Reinstall bolt or screw securely 1343
• Remove the ground bolt or screw 1343
• Can controller area network is a serial communication line for real time application it is an on vehicle mul tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability many elec tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation not independent in can communication control units are connected with 2 communication lines can h line can l line allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring each control unit transmits receives data but selectively reads required data only 1344
• Description 1344
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1344
• Dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 1344
• Ec 1344 1344
• Hr without euro obd 1344
• On board diagnosis logic 1344
• The mi will not light up for these self diagnoses 1344
• Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 3 seconds 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 1346 diagnostic procedure 1344
• Dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 1345
• Ec 1345 1345
• Hr without euro obd 1345
• Wiring diagram 1345
• Description 1347
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1347
• Dtc u1010 can communication 1347
• Ec 1347 1347
• Hr without euro obd 1347
• On board diagnosis logic 1347
• With consult ii 1347
• Without consult ii 1347
• Diagnostic procedure 1348
• Dtc u1010 can communication 1348
• Ec 1348 1348
• Hr without euro obd 1348
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1349
• Description 1349
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 1349
• Ec 1349 1349
• Hr without euro obd 1349
• Specification data are reference values 1349
• System description 1349
• This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve the ecm receives signals such as crankshaft position camshaft position engine speed and engine coolant temperature then the ecm sends on off pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status this makes it possible to control the shut open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low mid speed range and output in high speed range 1349
• Caution always drive at a safe speed note 1350
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1350
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 1350
• Ec 1350 1350
• Ecm enters in fail safe mode when the malfunction is detected 1350
• Fail safe mode 1350
• Hr without euro obd 1350
• If dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test testing condition before performing the following procedure confirm that battery voltage is between 10v and 16v at idle 1350
• If dtc p0011 is displayed with dtc p1111 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p1111 see ec 1425 dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1350
• Let engine idle for 10 seconds 5 if the 1st trip dtc is detected go to ec 1352 diagnostic procedure if the 1st trip dtc is not detected go to next step 6 maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds 1350
• On board diagnosis logic 1350
• The mi will not light up for this self diagnosis 1350
• Turn ignition switch on and select data monitor mode with consult ii 2 start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera ture 3 maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive sec onds hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible 1350
• With consult ii 1350
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 1351
• Ec 1351 1351
• Hr without euro obd 1351
• Overall function check 1351
• Without consult ii 1351
• Diagnostic procedure 1352
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 1352
• Ec 1352 1352
• Hr without euro obd 1352
• Component inspection 1353
• Dtc p0011 ivt control 1353
• Ec 1353 1353
• Hr without euro obd 1353
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 1353
• Removal and installation 1353
• Component description 1354
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1354
• Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 1354
• Ec 1354 1354
• Fail safe mode 1354
• Hr without euro obd 1354
• On board diagnosis logic 1354
• Specification data are reference values 1354
• The mass air flow sensor 1 is placed in the stream of intake air it measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow the mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount the heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it the more air the greater the heat loss therefore the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases the ecm detects the air flow by means of this current change 1354
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 1354
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1354
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1355
• Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 1355
• Ec 1355 1355
• Hr without euro obd 1355
• Procedure for dtc p0102 with consult ii 1355
• Procedure for dtc p0103 with consult ii 1355
• Without consult ii 1355
• Air duct 1357
• Check intake system 1357
• Check the following for connection 1357
• Diagnostic procedure 1357
• Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 1357
• Ec 1357 1357
• Go to 3 1357
• Hr without euro obd 1357
• Inspection start 1357
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold ok or ng 1357
• Reconnect the parts 1357
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1357
• Vacuum hoses 1357
• Which malfunction p0102 or p0103 is duplicated p0102 or p0103 1357
• Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 1358
• Ec 1358 1358
• Hr without euro obd 1358
• Component inspection 1359
• Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 1359
• Ec 1359 1359
• Hr without euro obd 1359
• Mass air flow sensor with consult ii 1359
• Dtc p0102 p0103 maf sensor 1360
• Ec 1360 1360
• Hr without euro obd 1360
• Mass air flow sensor 1360
• Removal and installation 1360
• Without consult ii 1360
• Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1361
• Component description 1361
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 1361
• Ec 1361 1361
• Ecm enters fail safe mode when the malfunction is detected 1361
• Fail safe mode 1361
• Hr without euro obd 1361
• On board diagnosis logic 1361
• The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature the sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ecm the modified signal returns to the ecm as the engine coolant temperature input the sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature the electrical resistance of the ther mistor decreases as temperature increases 1361
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1362
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 1362
• Ec 1362 1362
• Hr without euro obd 1362
• With consult ii 1362
• Without consult ii 1362
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 1363
• Ec 1363 1363
• Hr without euro obd 1363
• Wiring diagram 1363
• Diagnostic procedure 1364
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 1364
• Ec 1364 1364
• Hr without euro obd 1364
• Component inspection 1365
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 1365
• Ec 1365 1365
• Engine coolant temperature sensor 1365
• Hr without euro obd 1365
• Dtc p0117 p0118 ect sensor 1366
• Ec 1366 1366
• Engine coolant temperature sensor 1366
• Hr without euro obd 1366
• If ng replace engine coolant temperature sensor 1366
• Refer to em 173 cylinder head 1366
• Removal and installation 1366
• Component description 1367
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1367
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 1367
• Ec 1367 1367
• Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 1367
• Fail safe mode 1367
• Hr without euro obd 1367
• On board diagnosis logic 1367
• Specification data are reference values 1367
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p0122 or p0123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1367
• When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1367
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1368
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 1368
• Ec 1368 1368
• Hr without euro obd 1368
• With consult ii 1368
• Without consult ii 1368
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 1369
• Ec 1369 1369
• Hr without euro obd 1369
• Wiring diagram 1369
• Check ground connections 1370
• Diagnostic procedure 1370
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 1370
• Ec 1370 1370
• Hr without euro obd 1370
• Ok or ng 1370
• Repair or replace ground connections 1370
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1370
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1370
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 1371
• Ec 1371 1371
• Hr without euro obd 1371
• Component inspection 1372
• Dtc p0122 p0123 tp sensor 1372
• Ec 1372 1372
• Electric throttle control actuator 1372
• Hr without euro obd 1372
• Removal and installation 1372
• Throttle position sensor 1372
• Component description 1373
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1373
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 1373
• Ec 1373 1373
• Hr without euro obd 1373
• On board diagnosis logic 1373
• Specification data are reference values 1373
• The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 1373
• To judge the malfunction the diagnosis checks that the heated oxy gen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high 1373
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1374
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 1374
• Ec 1374 1374
• Hr without euro obd 1374
• With consult ii 1374
• Without consult ii 1374
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 1375
• Ec 1375 1375
• Hr without euro obd 1375
• Wiring diagram 1375
• Check ground connections 1376
• Diagnostic procedure 1376
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 1376
• Ec 1376 1376
• Hr without euro obd 1376
• Ok or ng 1376
• Repair or replace ground connections 1376
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1376
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1376
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 1377
• Ec 1377 1377
• Hr without euro obd 1377
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 1378
• Ec 1378 1378
• Hr without euro obd 1378
• Component inspection 1379
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 1379
• Ec 1379 1379
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 1379
• Hr without euro obd 1379
• Without consult ii 1379
• Dtc p0132 ho2s1 1380
• Ec 1380 1380
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 1380
• Hr without euro obd 1380
• Removal and installation 1380
• Component description 1381
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1381
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 1381
• Ec 1381 1381
• Hr without euro obd 1381
• On board diagnosis logic 1381
• Specification data are reference values 1381
• The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 1381
• Under the condition in which the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is not input the ecm circuits will read a continuous approximately 0 v therefore for this diagnosis the time that output voltage is within 200 to 400 mv range is monitored and the diagnosis checks that this time is not inordinately long 1381
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 1382
• Ec 1382 1382
• Hr without euro obd 1382
• Overall function check 1382
• With consult ii 1382
• Without consult ii 1382
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 1383
• Ec 1383 1383
• Hr without euro obd 1383
• Wiring diagram 1383
• Check ground connections 1384
• Diagnostic procedure 1384
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 1384
• Ec 1384 1384
• Hr without euro obd 1384
• Ok or ng 1384
• Repair or replace ground connections 1384
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1384
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1384
• Component inspection 1385
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 1385
• Ec 1385 1385
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 1385
• Hr without euro obd 1385
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 1386
• Ec 1386 1386
• Hr without euro obd 1386
• Without consult ii 1386
• Before installing new oxygen sensor clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner tool and approved anti seize lubricant 1387
• Dtc p0134 ho2s1 1387
• Ec 1387 1387
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 1387
• Hr without euro obd 1387
• Refer to em 124 exhaust manifold 1387
• Removal and installation 1387
• Component description 1388
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1388
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 1388
• Ec 1388 1388
• Hr without euro obd 1388
• On board diagnosis logic 1388
• Specification data are reference values 1388
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 1388
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the heated oxygen sensor 1 the oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst manifold causes the longer switching time to judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2 ecm monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut 1388
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1389
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 1389
• Ec 1389 1389
• Hr without euro obd 1389
• With consult ii 1389
• Without consult ii 1389
• Check ground connections 1391
• Diagnostic procedure 1391
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 1391
• Ec 1391 1391
• Hr without euro obd 1391
• Ok or ng 1391
• Repair or replace ground connections 1391
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1391
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1391
• Component inspection 1392
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 1392
• Ec 1392 1392
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 1392
• Hr without euro obd 1392
• Dtc p0138 ho2s2 1393
• Ec 1393 1393
• Hr without euro obd 1393
• Without consult ii 1393
• Component description 1395
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1395
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1395
• Ec 1395 1395
• Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 1395
• Fail safe mode 1395
• Hr without euro obd 1395
• On board diagnosis logic 1395
• Specification data are reference values 1395
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p0222 or p0223 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1395
• When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1395
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1396
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1396
• Ec 1396 1396
• Hr without euro obd 1396
• With consult ii 1396
• Without consult ii 1396
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1397
• Ec 1397 1397
• Hr without euro obd 1397
• Wiring diagram 1397
• Check ground connections 1398
• Diagnostic procedure 1398
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1398
• Ec 1398 1398
• Hr without euro obd 1398
• Ok or ng 1398
• Repair or replace ground connections 1398
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1398
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1398
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1399
• Ec 1399 1399
• Hr without euro obd 1399
• Component inspection 1400
• Dtc p0222 p0223 tp sensor 1400
• Ec 1400 1400
• Electric throttle control actuator 1400
• Hr without euro obd 1400
• Removal and installation 1400
• Throttle position sensor 1400
• Component description 1401
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1401
• Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 1401
• Ec 1401 1401
• Hr without euro obd 1401
• On board diagnosis logic 1401
• With consult ii 1401
• Without consult ii 1401
• Diagnostic procedure 1403
• Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 1403
• Ec 1403 1403
• Hr without euro obd 1403
• Component inspection 1404
• Dtc p0327 p0328 ks 1404
• Ec 1404 1404
• Hr without euro obd 1404
• Knock sensor 1404
• Removal and installation 1404
• Component description 1405
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1405
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1405
• Ec 1405 1405
• Hr without euro obd 1405
• On board diagnosis logic 1405
• Specification data are reference values 1405
• The crankshaft position sensor pos is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth cogs of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft it detects the fluctuation of the engine rev olution the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when the engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes the ecm receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure 1405
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1406
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1406
• Ec 1406 1406
• Hr without euro obd 1406
• With consult ii 1406
• Without consult ii 1406
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1407
• Ec 1407 1407
• Hr without euro obd 1407
• Wiring diagram 1407
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1408
• Ec 1408 1408
• Hr without euro obd 1408
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1408
• Diagnostic procedure 1409
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1409
• Ec 1409 1409
• Hr without euro obd 1409
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1410
• Ec 1410 1410
• Hr without euro obd 1410
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1411
• Ec 1411 1411
• Hr without euro obd 1411
• Component inspection 1412
• Crankshaft position sensor pos 1412
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor pos 1412
• Ec 1412 1412
• Hr without euro obd 1412
• Removal and installation 1412
• Component description 1413
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1413
• Ec 1413 1413
• Hr without euro obd 1413
• Note if dtc p0340 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1413
• On board diagnosis logic 1413
• The camshaft position sensor phase senses the protrusion of camshaft int to identify a particular cylinder the camshaft position sensor phase senses the piston position when the crankshaft position sensor pos system becomes inoper ative the camshaft position sensor phase provides various con trols of engine parts instead utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals the sensor consists of a permanent magnet and hall ic when engine is running the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change the changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change due to the changing magnetic field the voltage from the sensor changes ecm receives the signals as shown in the figure 1413
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1414
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1414
• Ec 1414 1414
• Hr without euro obd 1414
• With consult ii 1414
• Without consult ii 1414
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1415
• Ec 1415 1415
• Hr without euro obd 1415
• Wiring diagram 1415
• Check starting system 1416
• Check starting system refer to sc 45 starting system 1416
• Diagnostic procedure 1416
• Does the engine turn over does the starter motor operate 1416
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1416
• Ec 1416 1416
• Hr without euro obd 1416
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1416
• Turn ignition switch to start position 1416
• Yes or no 1416
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1417
• Ec 1417 1417
• Hr without euro obd 1417
• Camshaft position sensor phase 1418
• Component inspection 1418
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1418
• Ec 1418 1418
• Hr without euro obd 1418
• Camshaft position sensor phase 1419
• Check resistance as shown in the figure 1419
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor phase 1419
• Ec 1419 1419
• Hr without euro obd 1419
• Refer to em 151 camshaft 1419
• Removal and installation 1419
• Visually check the sensor for chipping 1419
• Component description 1420
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1420
• Dtc p0605 ecm 1420
• Ec 1420 1420
• Fail safe mode 1420
• Hr without euro obd 1420
• On board diagnosis logic 1420
• Procedure for malfunction a with consult ii 1420
• Without consult ii 1420
• Dtc p0605 ecm 1421
• Ec 1421 1421
• Hr without euro obd 1421
• Procedure for malfunction b with consult ii 1421
• Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii 1421
• Without consult ii 1421
• Diagnostic procedure 1422
• Dtc p0605 ecm 1422
• Ec 1422 1422
• Hr without euro obd 1422
• Component description 1423
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1423
• Dtc p1065 ecm 1423
• Ec 1423 1423
• Hr without euro obd 1423
• On board diagnosis logic 1423
• With consult ii 1423
• Without consult ii 1423
• Diagnostic procedure 1424
• Dtc p1065 ecm 1424
• Ec 1424 1424
• Hr without euro obd 1424
• Component description 1425
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1425
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1425
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1425
• Ec 1425 1425
• Hr without euro obd 1425
• On board diagnosis logic 1425
• With consult ii 1425
• Without consult ii 1425
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1427
• Ec 1427 1427
• Hr without euro obd 1427
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1427
• Diagnostic procedure 1428
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1428
• Ec 1428 1428
• Hr without euro obd 1428
• Component inspection 1429
• Dtc p1111 ivt control solenoid valve 1429
• Ec 1429 1429
• Hr without euro obd 1429
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 1429
• Removal and installation 1429
• Component description 1430
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1430
• Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 1430
• Ec 1430 1430
• Fail safe mode 1430
• Hr without euro obd 1430
• On board diagnosis logic 1430
• Procedure for malfunction a and b with consult ii 1430
• Diagnostic procedure 1431
• Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 1431
• Ec 1431 1431
• Hr without euro obd 1431
• Procedure for malfunction c with consult ii 1431
• Without consult ii 1431
• Dtc p1121 electric throttle control actuator 1432
• Ec 1432 1432
• Hr without euro obd 1432
• Removal and installation 1432
• Description 1433
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1433
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1433
• Ec 1433 1433
• Fail safe mode 1433
• Hr without euro obd 1433
• On board diagnosis logic 1433
• With consult ii 1433
• Without consult ii 1433
• Check ground connections 1435
• Diagnostic procedure 1435
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1435
• Ec 1435 1435
• Hr without euro obd 1435
• Ok or ng 1435
• Repair or replace ground connections 1435
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1435
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1435
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1436
• Ec 1436 1436
• Hr without euro obd 1436
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1437
• Ec 1437 1437
• Hr without euro obd 1437
• Component inspection 1438
• Dtc p1122 electric throttle control function 1438
• Ec 1438 1438
• Electric throttle control actuator 1438
• Hr without euro obd 1438
• Removal and installation 1438
• Throttle control motor 1438
• Component description 1439
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1439
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1439
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1439
• Ec 1439 1439
• Fail safe mode 1439
• Hr without euro obd 1439
• Note if dtc confirmation procedure has been previously conducted always turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test 1439
• On board diagnosis logic 1439
• Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ecm via throttle control motor relay the throttle control motor relay is on off controlled by the ecm when the ignition switch is turned on the ecm sends an on signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ecm when the ignition switch is turned off the ecm sends an off signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ecm 1439
• Procedure for dtc p1124 with consult ii 1439
• Specification data are reference values 1439
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 1439
• Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 1 second 2 turn ignition switch off wait at least 10 seconds and then turn on 1439
• Turn ignition switch on and wait at least 1 seconds 2 select data monitor mode with consult ii 3 if dtc is detected go to ec 1442 diagnostic procedure 1439
• When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1439
• Without consult ii 1439
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1440
• Ec 1440 1440
• Hr without euro obd 1440
• Procedure for dtc p1126 1440
• With consult ii 1440
• Without consult ii 1440
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1441
• Ec 1441 1441
• Hr without euro obd 1441
• Wiring diagram 1441
• Check throttle control motor relay power supply circuit i 1442
• Diagnostic procedure 1442
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1442
• Ec 1442 1442
• Go to 2 1442
• Hr without euro obd 1442
• Ok or ng 1442
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1442
• Turn ignition switch off 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 15 and ground with con sult ii or tester 1442
• Voltage battery voltage 1442
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1443
• Ec 1443 1443
• Hr without euro obd 1443
• Dtc p1124 p1126 throttle control motor relay 1444
• Ec 1444 1444
• Hr without euro obd 1444
• Component description 1445
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1445
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1445
• Ec 1445 1445
• Fail safe mode 1445
• Hr without euro obd 1445
• On board diagnosis logic 1445
• With consult ii 1445
• Without consult ii 1445
• Check ground connections 1447
• Diagnostic procedure 1447
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1447
• Ec 1447 1447
• Hr without euro obd 1447
• Ok or ng 1447
• Repair or replace ground connections 1447
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1447
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1447
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1448
• Ec 1448 1448
• Hr without euro obd 1448
• Component inspection 1449
• Dtc p1128 throttle control motor 1449
• Ec 1449 1449
• Electric throttle control actuator 1449
• Hr without euro obd 1449
• Removal and installation 1449
• Throttle control motor 1449
• Description 1450
• Diagnostic procedure 1450
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1450
• Dtc p1212 tcs communication line 1450
• Ec 1450 1450
• Hr without euro obd 1450
• On board diagnosis logic 1450
• With consult ii 1450
• Without consult ii 1450
• Cooling fan control 1451
• Cooling fan operation 1451
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1451
• Ec 1451 1451
• Hr without euro obd 1451
• If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1000 or u1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1000 u1001 refer to ec 1344 dtc u1000 u1001 can communication line 1451
• If dtc p1217 is displayed with dtc u1010 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc u1010 refer to ec 1347 dtc u1010 can communication 1451
• Models with a c 1451
• System description 1451
• The ecm controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and air conditioner on signal the control system has 3 step control high low off models with a c or 2 step control on off models without a c 1451
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1452
• Cooling fan relay operation 1452
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1452
• Ec 1452 1452
• Hr without euro obd 1452
• If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions engine coolant temperature will rise when the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition a malfunction is indicated this self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic 1452
• Models without a c 1452
• On board diagnosis logic 1452
• Specification data are reference values 1452
• The ecm controls cooling fan relays in the ipdm e r through can communication line 1452
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1453
• Ec 1453 1453
• Hr without euro obd 1453
• Overall function check 1453
• With consult ii 1453
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1454
• Ec 1454 1454
• Hr without euro obd 1454
• With gst models with air conditioner 1454
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1455
• Ec 1455 1455
• Hr without euro obd 1455
• Models without air conditioner 1455
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1457
• Ec 1457 1457
• Hr without euro obd 1457
• Models without air conditioner 1457
• Diagnostic procedure 1458
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1458
• Ec 1458 1458
• Hr without euro obd 1458
• Procedure for models with air conditioner 1458
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1459
• Ec 1459 1459
• Hr without euro obd 1459
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1460
• Ec 1460 1460
• Hr without euro obd 1460
• Procedure a 1460
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1461
• Ec 1461 1461
• Hr without euro obd 1461
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1462
• Ec 1462 1462
• Hr without euro obd 1462
• Procedure for models without air conditioner 1462
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1463
• Ec 1463 1463
• Hr without euro obd 1463
• Procedure b 1463
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1464
• Ec 1464 1464
• Hr without euro obd 1464
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1465
• Ec 1465 1465
• Hr without euro obd 1465
• Main 12 causes of overheating 1465
• Component inspection 1466
• Cooling fan motor 1466
• Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors 2 supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation 1466
• Dtc p1217 engine over temperature 1466
• Ec 1466 1466
• Hr without euro obd 1466
• Component description 1467
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1467
• Dtc p1225 tp sensor 1467
• Ec 1467 1467
• Hr without euro obd 1467
• On board diagnosis logic 1467
• With consult ii 1467
• Without consult ii 1467
• Diagnostic procedure 1468
• Dtc p1225 tp sensor 1468
• Ec 1468 1468
• Electric throttle control actuator 1468
• Hr without euro obd 1468
• Removal and installation 1468
• Component description 1469
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1469
• Dtc p1226 tp sensor 1469
• Ec 1469 1469
• Hr without euro obd 1469
• On board diagnosis logic 1469
• With consult ii 1469
• Without consult ii 1469
• Diagnostic procedure 1470
• Dtc p1226 tp sensor 1470
• Ec 1470 1470
• Electric throttle control actuator 1470
• Hr without euro obd 1470
• Removal and installation 1470
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1471
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1471
• Ec 1471 1471
• Fail safe mode 1471
• Hr without euro obd 1471
• On board diagnosis logic 1471
• With consult ii 1471
• Without consult ii 1471
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1473
• Ec 1473 1473
• Hr without euro obd 1473
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1473
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1475
• Ec 1475 1475
• Hr without euro obd 1475
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1475
• Diagnostic procedure 1476
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1476
• Ec 1476 1476
• Hr without euro obd 1476
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1477
• Ec 1477 1477
• Hr without euro obd 1477
• Dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1478
• Ec 1478 1478
• Hr without euro obd 1478
• Component description 1479
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1479
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1479
• Ec 1479 1479
• Hr without euro obd 1479
• If ng go to ec 1483 diagnostic procedure 1479
• On board diagnosis logic 1479
• Overall function check 1479
• Specification data are reference values 1479
• Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 70 pnp switch signal and ground under the following conditions 1479
• Turn ignition switch on 2 select p n posi sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii then check the p n posi sw signal under the follow ing conditions 1479
• Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park neutral position pnp switch circuit during this check a 1st trip dtc might not be confirmed 1479
• When the shift lever position is p or n a t neutral m t park neutral position pnp switch is on ecm detects the position because the continuity of the line the on signal exists 1479
• With consult ii 1479
• Without consult ii 1479
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1481
• Ec 1481 1481
• Hr without euro obd 1481
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1481
• Check pnp switch circuit 1483
• Diagnostic procedure 1483
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1483
• Ec 1483 1483
• Go to 2 1483
• Hr without euro obd 1483
• Ok or ng 1483
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1483
• Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ipdm e r terminal 31 and ground under following condition 1483
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1484
• Ec 1484 1484
• Hr without euro obd 1484
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1485
• Ec 1485 1485
• Hr without euro obd 1485
• Dtc p1706 pnp switch 1486
• Ec 1486 1486
• Hr without euro obd 1486
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1487
• Description 1487
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1487
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 1487
• Ec 1487 1487
• Fail safe mode 1487
• Hr without euro obd 1487
• On board diagnosis logic 1487
• With consult ii 1487
• Without consult ii 1487
• Diagnostic procedure 1489
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 1489
• Ec 1489 1489
• Hr without euro obd 1489
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 1490
• Ec 1490 1490
• Hr without euro obd 1490
• Component inspection 1491
• Dtc p1805 brake switch 1491
• Ec 1491 1491
• Hr without euro obd 1491
• If ng adjust stop lamp switch installation refer to br 6 brake pedal and perform step 3 again 1491
• Stop lamp switch 1491
• Turn ignition switch off 2 disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector 3 check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions 1491
• Component description 1492
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1492
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1492
• Ec 1492 1492
• Fail safe mode 1492
• Hr without euro obd 1492
• On board diagnosis logic 1492
• Specification data are reference values 1492
• The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 1492
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2122 or p2123 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1492
• When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1492
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1493
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1493
• Ec 1493 1493
• Hr without euro obd 1493
• With consult ii 1493
• Without consult ii 1493
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1495
• Ec 1495 1495
• Hr without euro obd 1495
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1495
• Check ground connections 1497
• Diagnostic procedure 1497
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1497
• Ec 1497 1497
• Hr without euro obd 1497
• Ok or ng 1497
• Repair or replace ground connections 1497
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1497
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1497
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1498
• Ec 1498 1498
• Hr without euro obd 1498
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 1499
• Component inspection 1499
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1499
• Ec 1499 1499
• Hr without euro obd 1499
• Accelerator pedal 1500
• Dtc p2122 p2123 app sensor 1500
• Ec 1500 1500
• Hr without euro obd 1500
• Removal and installation 1500
• Component description 1501
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1501
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1501
• Ec 1501 1501
• Fail safe mode 1501
• Hr without euro obd 1501
• On board diagnosis logic 1501
• Specification data are reference values 1501
• The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 1501
• These self diagnoses have the one trip detection logic 1501
• When the malfunction is detected ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1501
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1502
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1502
• Ec 1502 1502
• Hr without euro obd 1502
• With consult ii 1502
• Without consult ii 1502
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1503
• Ec 1503 1503
• Hr without euro obd 1503
• Lhd models 1503
• Wiring diagram 1503
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1504
• Ec 1504 1504
• Hr without euro obd 1504
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1504
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1505
• Ec 1505 1505
• Hr without euro obd 1505
• Rhd models 1505
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1506
• Ec 1506 1506
• Hr without euro obd 1506
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1506
• Diagnostic procedure 1507
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1507
• Ec 1507 1507
• Hr without euro obd 1507
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1508
• Ec 1508 1508
• Hr without euro obd 1508
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 1509
• Component inspection 1509
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1509
• Ec 1509 1509
• Hr without euro obd 1509
• Accelerator pedal 1510
• Dtc p2127 p2128 app sensor 1510
• Ec 1510 1510
• Hr without euro obd 1510
• Removal and installation 1510
• Component description 1511
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1511
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1511
• Ec 1511 1511
• Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor throttle position sensor etc the throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement the throttle position sensor has the two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addi tion these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig nals and the ecm controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi tion 1511
• Fail safe mode 1511
• Hr without euro obd 1511
• On board diagnosis logic 1511
• Specification data are reference values 1511
• This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2135 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1511
• When the malfunction is detected the ecm enters fail safe mode and the mi lights up 1511
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1512
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1512
• Ec 1512 1512
• Hr without euro obd 1512
• With consult ii 1512
• Without consult ii 1512
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1513
• Ec 1513 1513
• Hr without euro obd 1513
• Wiring diagram 1513
• Check ground connections 1514
• Diagnostic procedure 1514
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1514
• Ec 1514 1514
• Hr without euro obd 1514
• Ok or ng 1514
• Repair or replace ground connections 1514
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1514
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1514
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1515
• Ec 1515 1515
• Hr without euro obd 1515
• Component inspection 1516
• Dtc p2135 tp sensor 1516
• Ec 1516 1516
• Electric throttle control actuator 1516
• Hr without euro obd 1516
• Removal and installation 1516
• Throttle position sensor 1516
• Component description 1517
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1517
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1517
• Ec 1517 1517
• Hr without euro obd 1517
• On board diagnosis logic 1517
• Specification data are reference values 1517
• The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensor detects the accelera tor position and sends a signal to the ecm accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors these sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage and emit the voltage signal to the ecm in addition these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ecm the ecm judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ecm receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor the ecm uses this signal for the engine oper ation such as fuel cut 1517
• This self diagnosis has the one trip detection logic note if dtc p2138 is displayed with dtc p1229 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p1229 refer to ec 1471 dtc p1229 sensor power supply 1517
• Dtc confirmation procedure 1518
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1518
• Ec 1518 1518
• Fail safe mode 1518
• Hr without euro obd 1518
• With consult ii 1518
• Without consult ii 1518
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1519
• Ec 1519 1519
• Hr without euro obd 1519
• Lhd models 1519
• Wiring diagram 1519
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1520
• Ec 1520 1520
• Hr without euro obd 1520
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1520
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1521
• Ec 1521 1521
• Hr without euro obd 1521
• Rhd models 1521
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1522
• Ec 1522 1522
• Hr without euro obd 1522
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1522
• Diagnostic procedure 1523
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1523
• Ec 1523 1523
• Hr without euro obd 1523
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1524
• Ec 1524 1524
• Hr without euro obd 1524
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1525
• Ec 1525 1525
• Hr without euro obd 1525
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1526
• Ec 1526 1526
• Hr without euro obd 1526
• Accelerator pedal 1527
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 1527
• Component inspection 1527
• Dtc p2138 app sensor 1527
• Ec 1527 1527
• Hr without euro obd 1527
• Removal and installation 1527
• Check heater fan signal circuit overall function 1528
• Check heater fan sw in data monitor mode with con sult ii under the following conditions 1528
• Check load signal circuit overall funcition i 1528
• Check load signal circuit overall function ii 1528
• Check load signal in data monitor mode with consult ii under the following conditions 1528
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1528
• Diagnostic procedure 1528
• Ec 1528 1528
• Electrical load signal 1528
• Go to 4 1528
• Go to 5 1528
• Go to 6 1528
• Hr without euro obd 1528
• Ok or ng 1528
• Specification data are reference values 1528
• Turn ignition switch on 2 check load signal in data monitor mode with con sult ii under the following conditions 1528
• Ec 1529 1529
• Electrical load signal 1529
• Hr without euro obd 1529
• Component description 1530
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1530
• Description 1530
• Ec 1530 1530
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1530
• Hr without euro obd 1530
• Specification data are reference values 1530
• System description 1530
• The evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a on off duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canis ter the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by on off pulses from the ecm the longer the on pulse the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve 1530
• This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister the opening of the vapor by pass pas sage in the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate the evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats on off operation according to the signal sent from the ecm the opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control the optimum value stored in the ecm is determined by considering various engine conditions when the engine is operating the flow rate of fuel vapor from the evap canister is regulated as the air flow changes 1530
• Ec 1531 1531
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1531
• Hr without euro obd 1531
• Wiring diagram 1531
• Ec 1532 1532
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1532
• Hr without euro obd 1532
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1532
• Diagnostic procedure 1533
• Ec 1533 1533
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1533
• Hr without euro obd 1533
• Ec 1534 1534
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1534
• Hr without euro obd 1534
• Ec 1535 1535
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1535
• Hr without euro obd 1535
• Check air passage continuity of evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions 1536
• Component inspection 1536
• Ec 1536 1536
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve 1536
• Evap canister purge volume control solenoid valve with consult ii 1536
• Hr without euro obd 1536
• Refer to em 120 intake manifold 1536
• Removal and installation 1536
• Without consult ii 1536
• Component description 1537
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1537
• Ec 1537 1537
• Fuel injector 1537
• Hr without euro obd 1537
• Specification data are reference values 1537
• The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injec tor is energized the energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs 1537
• Diagnostic procedure 1539
• Ec 1539 1539
• Fuel injector 1539
• Go to 3 1539
• Hr without euro obd 1539
• Inspection start 1539
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1539
• Turn ignition switch to start is any cylinder ignited yes or no 1539
• Ec 1540 1540
• Fuel injector 1540
• Hr without euro obd 1540
• Ec 1541 1541
• Fuel injector 1541
• Hr without euro obd 1541
• Component inspection 1542
• Ec 1542 1542
• Fuel injector 1542
• Hr without euro obd 1542
• Removal and installation 1542
• A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank 1543
• Component description 1543
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1543
• Description 1543
• Ec 1543 1543
• Fuel pump 1543
• Hr without euro obd 1543
• Specification data are reference values 1543
• System description 1543
• The ecm activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned on to improve engine startability if the ecm receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor pos and cam shaft position sensor phase it knows that the engine is rotating and causes the pump to operate if the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is on the engine stalls the ecm stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging thereby improving safety the ecm does not directly drive the fuel pump it controls the on off fuel pump relay which in turn controls the fuel pump 1543
• Diagnostic procedure 1545
• Ec 1545 1545
• Fuel pump 1545
• Hr without euro obd 1545
• Ec 1546 1546
• Fuel pump 1546
• Hr without euro obd 1546
• Ec 1547 1547
• Fuel pump 1547
• Hr without euro obd 1547
• Component inspection 1548
• Ec 1548 1548
• Fuel pump 1548
• Hr without euro obd 1548
• Removal and installation 1548
• Component description 1549
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1549
• Ec 1549 1549
• Hr without euro obd 1549
• Specification data are reference values 1549
• The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the exhaust manifold it detects the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside air the heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed end tube made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner conditions the heated oxygen sensor 1 signal is sent to the ecm the ecm adjusts the injection pulse duration to achieve the ideal air fuel ratio the ideal air fuel ratio occurs near the radical change from 1v to 0v 1549
• Ec 1551 1551
• Hr without euro obd 1551
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1551
• Diagnostic procedure 1552
• Ec 1552 1552
• Hr without euro obd 1552
• Ec 1553 1553
• Hr without euro obd 1553
• Ec 1554 1554
• Hr without euro obd 1554
• Component inspection 1555
• Ec 1555 1555
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 with consult ii 1555
• Hr without euro obd 1555
• Without consult ii 1555
• Ec 1556 1556
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 1556
• Hr without euro obd 1556
• Removal and installation 1556
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1557
• Description 1557
• Ec 1557 1557
• Ho2s1 heater 1557
• Hr without euro obd 1557
• Operation 1557
• Specification data are reference values 1557
• System description 1557
• The ecm performs on off duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine speed and engine coolant temperature the duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine is started 1557
• Ec 1559 1559
• Ho2s1 heater 1559
• Hr without euro obd 1559
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1559
• Diagnostic procedure 1560
• Ec 1560 1560
• Ho2s1 heater 1560
• Hr without euro obd 1560
• Ec 1561 1561
• Ho2s1 heater 1561
• Hr without euro obd 1561
• Component inspection 1562
• Ec 1562 1562
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 1562
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater 1562
• Ho2s1 heater 1562
• Hr without euro obd 1562
• Removal and installation 1562
• Component description 1563
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1563
• Ec 1563 1563
• Hr without euro obd 1563
• Specification data are reference values 1563
• The heated oxygen sensor 2 after three way catalyst manifold monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank even if switching characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 are shifted the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2 this sensor is made of ceramic zirconia the zirconia generates volt age from approximately 1v in richer conditions to 0v in leaner condi tions under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation 1563
• Check overall function i 1565
• Diagnostic procedure 1565
• Ec 1565 1565
• Go to 2 1565
• Hr without euro obd 1565
• Ok or ng 1565
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1565
• Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature 2 turn ignition switch off and wait at least 10 seconds 3 start engine and keep the engine speed between 3 500 and 4 000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load 4 let engine idle for 1 minute 5 set voltmeter probes between ecm terminal 50 ho2s2 signal and ground 6 check the voltage while revving engine up to 4 000 rpm under no load at least 10 times depress and release the accelerator pedal as quickly as possi ble 1565
• The voltage does not remain in the range of 0 0 v 1565
• Ec 1566 1566
• Hr without euro obd 1566
• Component inspection 1567
• Ec 1567 1567
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 with consult ii 1567
• Hr without euro obd 1567
• Ec 1568 1568
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 1568
• Hr without euro obd 1568
• Removal and installation 1568
• Without consult ii 1568
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1569
• Description 1569
• Ec 1569 1569
• Ho2s2 heater 1569
• Hr without euro obd 1569
• Operation 1569
• Specification data are reference values 1569
• System description 1569
• The ecm performs on off control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature 1569
• Ec 1571 1571
• Ho2s2 heater 1571
• Hr without euro obd 1571
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1571
• Diagnostic procedure 1572
• Ec 1572 1572
• Ho2s2 heater 1572
• Hr without euro obd 1572
• Ec 1573 1573
• Ho2s2 heater 1573
• Hr without euro obd 1573
• Component inspection 1574
• Ec 1574 1574
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 1574
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 1574
• Ho2s2 heater 1574
• Hr without euro obd 1574
• Removal and installation 1574
• Caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in damage to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1575
• Component description 1575
• Ec 1575 1575
• Hr without euro obd 1575
• Iat sensor 1575
• The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor 1 the sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ecm the temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise 1575
• Diagnostic procedure 1577
• Ec 1577 1577
• Hr without euro obd 1577
• Iat sensor 1577
• Ec 1578 1578
• Hr without euro obd 1578
• Iat sensor 1578
• Check resistance between mass air flow sensor 1 terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions 1579
• Component inspection 1579
• Ec 1579 1579
• Hr without euro obd 1579
• Iat sensor 1579
• If ng replace mass air flow sensor with intake air temperature sensor 1579
• Intake air temperature sensor 1579
• Mass air flow sensor 1579
• Refer to em 118 air cleaner and air duct 1579
• Removal and installation 1579
• Component description 1580
• Ec 1580 1580
• Hr without euro obd 1580
• Ignition coil power transistor 1580
• Ignition signal 1580
• Ec 1581 1581
• Hr without euro obd 1581
• Ignition signal 1581
• Wiring diagram 1581
• Ec 1582 1582
• Hr without euro obd 1582
• Ignition signal 1582
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1582
• Ec 1583 1583
• Hr without euro obd 1583
• Ignition signal 1583
• Check engine start 1584
• Check overall function 1584
• Diagnostic procedure 1584
• Ec 1584 1584
• Go to 10 1584
• Go to 4 1584
• Hr without euro obd 1584
• Ignition signal 1584
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1584
• Turn ignition switch off and restart engine is engine running yes or no 1584
• With consult ii 1 perform power balance in active test mode with consult ii 2 make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop ok or ng 1584
• Ec 1585 1585
• Hr without euro obd 1585
• Ignition signal 1585
• Ec 1586 1586
• Hr without euro obd 1586
• Ignition signal 1586
• Ec 1587 1587
• Hr without euro obd 1587
• Ignition signal 1587
• Component inspection 1588
• Ec 1588 1588
• Hr without euro obd 1588
• Ignition coil with power transistor 1588
• Ignition signal 1588
• Condenser 1589
• Ec 1589 1589
• Hr without euro obd 1589
• Ignition coil with power transistor 1589
• Ignition signal 1589
• Removal and installation 1589
• Component description 1590
• Ec 1590 1590
• Hr without euro obd 1590
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 1590
• Ec 1591 1591
• Hr without euro obd 1591
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 1591
• Wiring diagram 1591
• Check ground connections 1592
• Check refrigerant pressure sensor overall function 1592
• Diagnostic procedure 1592
• Ec 1592 1592
• Go to 2 1592
• Hr without euro obd 1592
• Ok or ng 1592
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 1592
• Repair or replace ground connections 1592
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1592
• Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 2 turn a c switch and blower fan switch on 3 check voltage between ecm terminal 41 and ground with con sult ii or tester 1592
• Turn a c switch and blower fan switch off 2 stop engine 3 loosen and retighten ground screws on the body refer to ec 1342 ground inspection 1592
• Voltage 1 4 v 1592
• Ec 1593 1593
• Hr without euro obd 1593
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 1593
• Ec 1594 1594
• Hr without euro obd 1594
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 1594
• Removal and installation 1594
• Description 1595
• Diagnostic procedure 1595
• Ec 1595 1595
• Hr without euro obd 1595
• Camshaft position sensor phase 1597
• Crankshaft position sensor pos 1597
• Ec 1597 1597
• Engine coolant temperature sensor 1597
• Fuel pressure 1597
• Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater 1597
• Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater 1597
• Hr without euro obd 1597
• Idle speed and ignition timing 1597
• Intake air temperature sensor 1597
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 1597
• Knock sensor 1597
• Mass air flow sensor 1597
• Refer to ec 1412 component inspection 1597
• Refer to ec 1418 component inspection 1597
• Service data and specifications sds 1597
• Ec 1598 1598
• Fuel injector 1598
• Fuel pump 1598
• Hr without euro obd 1598
• Service data and specifications sds 1598
• Throttle control motor 1598
• Dtc no index 1599
• Ec 1599 1599
• Index for dtc 1599
• Ec 1600 1600
• Index for dtc 1600
• Alphabetical index 1601
• Ec 1601 1601
• Index for dtc 1601
• Ec 1602 1602
• Index for dtc 1602
• Ec 1603 1603
• Lhd models 1603
• Maintenance information 1603
• On board diagnostic obd system of engine 1603
• Precautions 1603
• Precautions for procedures without cowl top cover 1603
• Precautions for supplemental restraint system srs air bag and seat belt pre tensioner 1603
• Rhd models 1603
• Ec 1604 1604
• Precautions 1604
• Ec 1605 1605
• Precautions 1605
• Cleanliness 1606
• Cleanliness instructions which must be followed when working on the high pressure direct injection system risks relating to contamination 1606
• Ec 1606 1606
• Instructions to be followed before any work is carried out on the injec tion system 1606
• Instructions to be followed before opening the fuel circuit 1606
• Precautions 1606
• What are the sources of contamination 1606
• Ec 1607 1607
• Instructions to be followed during the operation 1607
• Precautions 1607
• Ec 1608 1608
• Instructions for fitting the plugs 1608
• Precautions 1608
• Ec 1609 1609
• Engine control system 1609
• System diagram 1609
• Ec 1610 1610
• Engine control system 1610
• Ec 1611 1611
• Engine control system 1611
• Refer to ec 1609 system diagram for vacuum control system 1611
• Vacuum hose drawing 1611
• Ec 1612 1612
• Engine control system 1612
• Fuel injection control 1612
• System overview 1612
• Ec 1613 1613
• Engine control system 1613
• Functions performed 1613
• Important 1613
• Ec 1614 1614
• Engine control system 1614
• Fuel rail pressure control 1614
• Idling control 1614
• Air delivery calculation 1615
• Ec 1615 1615
• Egr volume control valve operation 1615
• Engine control system 1615
• Individual fuel injector correction 1615
• Measurement of the angular position 1615
• New pump housing fuel flow strategy pump fuel flow 1615
• Turbo control k9k 63kw engine 1615
• Variable low capacity vlc function 1615
• Cold loop climate control 1616
• Ec 1616 1616
• Engine control system 1616
• Function stored functions climate control management assistance 1616
• Idle speed control 1616
• K9k 50kw engine 1616
• Passenger compartment climate control 1616
• Correction of the idling speed according to the gear ratios 1617
• Ec 1617 1617
• Engine control system 1617
• Idle speed adjustment when there is an fuel injector code malfunction 1617
• Idle speed correction according to engine coolant temperature 1617
• Speed adjustment when there is an accelerator pedal position sensor mal function 1617
• Air conditioning control 1618
• Anti stall protection 1618
• Compressor operation programming 1618
• Ec 1618 1618
• Engine control system 1618
• Engine overspeed timed protection program 1618
• Engine starting program 1618
• Fan motor control programming 1618
• Recovery of output when the vehicle starts moving 1618
• Recovery of performance 1618
• Thermal protection program 1618
• During this phase the plugs are supplied continuously according to engine coolant temperature for idle speed without depressing the accelerator pedal 1619
• Ec 1619 1619
• Engine control system 1619
• Post heating with the engine running 1619
• Pre postheating glow plug control 1619
• Pre postheating glow plug operating principle preheating at ignition switch on 1619
• The pre postheating function is controlled by the glow control unit 1619
• Variable preheating the time period for the glow lamp to light up and the feed to heater plugs depends on the engine coolant temperature and the battery voltage 1619
• Whatever the situation the preheating glow lamp cannot be lit for more than 10 seconds except in the event of an engine coolant temperature sensor malfunction 2 fixed preheating after the glow lamp goes out the plugs remain supplied for a fixed period of 5 seconds 1619
• Cooling fan control 1620
• Cooling fan operation with the engine running 1620
• Ec 1620 1620
• Engine control system 1620
• Glow plugs 1620
• Refitting 1620
• Removal 1620
• Ec 1621 1621
• Engine control system 1621
• Operation of the engine coolant temperature warning light 1621
• The engine coolant temperature warning light remains lit if the engine coolant temperature exceeds 114 c 237 f it goes out when the temperature falls below 111 c 232 f 1621
• A when there is a low charge the vacuum in the intake air duct is below the spring set point the oil vapours are extensively rebreathed by the vacuum in the intake air duct 1622
• B when there is a medium or high charge the pressure in the intake air duct exhausts the valve dia phragm the oil vapours are breathed in small quantities via a calibrated hole 1622
• Checking 1622
• Circuit diagram 1622
• Ec 1622 1622
• Engine control system 1622
• Exhaust gas recirculation egr 1622
• Oil vapour rebreathing 1622
• To ensure the correct operation of the anti pollution system the oil vapour rebreathing circuit must be kept clean and in good condition 1622
• Ec 1623 1623
• Engine control system 1623
• Operating conditions 1623
• Operating principle 1623
• Purpose of the egr system 1623
• Can communication 1624
• Ec 1624 1624
• Engine control system 1624
• System description 1624
• Air bleeding 1625
• Basic service procedure 1625
• Description 1625
• Ec 1625 1625
• Fuel filter 1625
• Injector adjustment value registration 1625
• Water draining 1625
• Basic service procedure 1626
• Checking sealing after repair 1626
• Ec 1626 1626
• Rail injector pipes 1626
• Rail pump pipe 1626
• Replacing ecm 1626
• Tightening the high pressure pipes 1626
• After replacing ecm enter each injector adjustment value using work support mode with con sult ii 1627
• Also set the system configuration using configuration mode with consult ii 1627
• Basic service procedure 1627
• Check the injector adjustment value using work support mode with consult ii 1627
• Ec 1627 1627
• Entering each injector adjustment value when replacing the ecm 1627
• Note injector adjustment value is a factory calibration carried out on each fuel injector to adjust the flow of each one precisely taking into account differences in manufacture the injector adjustment values are written on a label affixed to each fuel injector then entered in the ecm which can then control each fuel injector by taking account of their differences in manufacture the system can be programmed work support mode with consult ii the injector adjustment values 16 digit code must be replaced after replacing a fuel injector 1627
• Replacing fuel injectors 1627
• Dtcs causing mi to light 1628
• Ec 1628 1628
• Engine coolant temperature light 1628
• Engine warning light 1628
• How to erase dtc 1628
• In the event of an engine malfunction the ecm may request the display of an engine warning light mi red 1628
• In the event of overheating it is up to the driver whether to stop the vehicle or not 1628
• Introduction 1628
• Obd light 1628
• On board diagnostic obd system 1628
• Pre post heating lamp 1628
• The ecm controls the display on the instrument panel of certain information relating to the operation of the engine four functions are involved here the obd malfunction indicator mi yellow for the eobd european on board diagnostics the pre post heating the engine coolant temperature and engine malfunction mi red these four functions are represented by four lights given out by the ecm 1628
• The obd malfunction indicator mi yellow is used to alert the driver to the existence of engine control system malfunctions involving excessive pollution or if the eobd system is deactivated the ecm makes a request for lighting of the mi yellow only where there is a malfunction present at the end of three consecutive cycles the 3 second visual check upon powering up automatic test procedure controlled by the ipdm e r is per formed by the ecm in the event of a confirmed obd malfunction by lighting of the obd light no flashing of the light must be observed following the lighting test 1628
• This lamp indicates that the pre heating has been activated 1628
• This light is used as an indicator of engine overheating 1628
• With consult ii the dtc in the ecm can be erased by selecting erase in the self diag results mode with con sult ii 1628
• Ec 1629 1629
• Nats nissan anti theft system 1629
• On board diagnostic obd system 1629
• Replacing the ecm 1629
• Uncoding procedure 1629
• Conformity check 1630
• Customer complaints trouble diagnosis 1630
• Documentation type 1630
• Ec 1630 1630
• Prerequisites for trouble diagnosis 1630
• Reminders trouble diagnosis 1630
• Scope of this document 1630
• Trouble diagnosis 1630
• Trouble diagnosis introduction 1630
• Diagnostic procedure 1631
• Ec 1631 1631
• Trouble diagnosis 1631
• Ec 1632 1632
• Instructions to be followed before any work is carried out on the injection system 1632
• Risks relating to contamination 1632
• Safety instructions 1632
• Trouble diagnosis 1632
• Wiring control 1632
• Ec 1633 1633
• Ecm replacement programming or reprogramming operation 1633
• Instructions to be followed before opening the fuel circuit 1633
• Instructions to be followed during the operation 1633
• Trouble diagnosis 1633
• Ec 1634 1634
• Note only consult this customer complaint after a complete check using the consult ii 1634
• Trouble diagnosis 1634
• Trouble diagnosis symptom 1634
• Chart 1 no communication with the ecm 1635
• Ec 1635 1635
• Trouble diagnosis 1635
• Chart 2 the engine does not start 1636
• Ec 1636 1636
• Trouble diagnosis 1636
• Ec 1637 1637
• Trouble diagnosis 1637
• Chart 3 the engine starts with difficulty or starts then stalls 1638
• Ec 1638 1638
• Trouble diagnosis 1638
• Ec 1639 1639
• Trouble diagnosis 1639
• Chart 4 starting difficult with warm engine 1640
• Ec 1640 1640
• Trouble diagnosis 1640
• Chart 5 rough idle speed pumping 1641
• Ec 1641 1641
• Trouble diagnosis 1641
• Chart 6 idle speed too high too low 1642
• Chart 7 unexpected acceleration deceleration and engine overcharging 1642
• Ec 1642 1642
• Trouble diagnosis 1642
• Chart 8 response malfunction 1643
• Ec 1643 1643
• Trouble diagnosis 1643
• Chart 9 engine stop stalling 1644
• Ec 1644 1644
• Trouble diagnosis 1644
• Ec 1645 1645
• Trouble diagnosis 1645
• Chart 10 engine jerking 1646
• Ec 1646 1646
• Trouble diagnosis 1646
• Chart 11 lack of power 1647
• Ec 1647 1647
• Trouble diagnosis 1647
• Chart 12 too much power 1648
• Ec 1648 1648
• Trouble diagnosis 1648
• Chart 13 excessive consumption 1649
• Ec 1649 1649
• Trouble diagnosis 1649
• Chart 14 overspeed when lifting off accelerator or changing gear 1650
• Ec 1650 1650
• Trouble diagnosis 1650
• Chart 15 engine dies on pulling away 1651
• Ec 1651 1651
• Trouble diagnosis 1651
• Chart 16 engine backfires engine noise 1652
• Ec 1652 1652
• Trouble diagnosis 1652
• Chart 17 clanking engine noisy engine 1653
• Ec 1653 1653
• Trouble diagnosis 1653
• Chart 18 squalling noise 1654
• Chart 19 various mechanical noises 1654
• Ec 1654 1654
• Trouble diagnosis 1654
• Ec 1655 1655
• Trouble diagnosis 1655
• Chart 20 exhaust odours 1656
• Ec 1656 1656
• Trouble diagnosis 1656
• Chart 21 diesel odours 1657
• Chart 22 blue white or black smoke 1657
• Ec 1657 1657
• Trouble diagnosis 1657
• Chart 23 smoke blue black or white on accelerating 1658
• Ec 1658 1658
• Trouble diagnosis 1658
• Ec 1659 1659
• Trouble diagnosis 1659
• Description 1660
• Ec 1660 1660
• Test 1 low pressure circuit check 1660
• Trouble diagnosis 1660
• Trouble diagnosis basic test procedure 1660
• Ec 1661 1661
• Test 2 electrical circuit check 1661
• Trouble diagnosis 1661
• Ec 1662 1662
• Test 3 fuel injector check 1662
• Trouble diagnosis 1662
• Ec 1663 1663
• Test 4 parameter check 1663
• Test 5 air inlet circuit check 1663
• Trouble diagnosis 1663
• Ec 1664 1664
• Test 6 ecm check 1664
• Test 7 high pressure system check 1664
• Trouble diagnosis 1664
• Ec 1665 1665
• Test 8 high pressure circuit leak check 1665
• Test 9 fuel injector leak check 1665
• Trouble diagnosis 1665
• Ec 1666 1666
• Test 10 fuel injector return flow in starting phase 1666
• Test 11 fuel filter check 1666
• Trouble diagnosis 1666
• Check metal particles 1667
• Ec 1667 1667
• Fuel filter correct 1667
• Pass a magnet beneath the container to collect only all the metal particles take the magnet away from the container do the particles collected using the magnet cover a surface area greater than 1 c 1667
• Trouble diagnosis 1667
• Yes or no 1667
• Ec 1668 1668
• Engine control component parts location 1668
• Trouble diagnosis 1668
• Ec 1669 1669
• Trouble diagnosis 1669
• Ec 1670 1670
• Trouble diagnosis 1670
• Ec 1671 1671
• Trouble diagnosis 1671
• Wiring diagram ecm 1671
• Ec 1672 1672
• Trouble diagnosis 1672
• Data is for comparison and may not be exact 1673
• Disconnect ecm harness connectors 1673
• Ec 1673 1673
• Ecm 1 is located in the engine room left side near battery 2 1673
• Ecm harness connector terminal layout 1673
• Ecm terminals and reference value 1673
• Fasten a 3 connect a break out box sst and y cable adapter sst between the ecm and ecm harness connector 1673
• Preparation 1673
• Trouble diagnosis 1673
• Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time 1673
• When disconnecting ecm harness connectors loosen b it with levers 1 as far as they will go as shown in the figure 1673
• Ec 1674 1674
• Ecm inspection table 1674
• Remarks specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1674
• Trouble diagnosis 1674
• Ec 1675 1675
• Trouble diagnosis 1675
• Ec 1676 1676
• Trouble diagnosis 1676
• Ec 1677 1677
• Trouble diagnosis 1677
• Ec 1678 1678
• Trouble diagnosis 1678
• Ec 1679 1679
• Trouble diagnosis 1679
• Conformity check 1680
• Ec 1680 1680
• Ecm status and parameters test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1680
• Trouble diagnosis 1680
• Ec 1681 1681
• Test condition engine at idle 1681
• Trouble diagnosis 1681
• Ec 1682 1682
• Start subfunction test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1682
• Trouble diagnosis 1682
• Ec 1683 1683
• Protection subfunction test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1683
• Test condition engine at idle 1683
• Trouble diagnosis 1683
• Ec 1684 1684
• Sub system cold loop test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1684
• Test condition engine at idle 1684
• Trouble diagnosis 1684
• Ec 1685 1685
• Trouble diagnosis 1685
• Ec 1686 1686
• Test condition engine at idle 1686
• Trouble diagnosis 1686
• Ec 1687 1687
• Trouble diagnosis 1687
• Ec 1688 1688
• Heating subfunction test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1688
• Test condition engine at idle 1688
• Trouble diagnosis 1688
• Ec 1689 1689
• Fuel circuit sub function test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1689
• Test condition engine at idle 1689
• Trouble diagnosis 1689
• Air circ subfunction turbocharging inlet test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1690
• Ec 1690 1690
• Pre heating ignition subfunction test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1690
• Test condition engine at idle 1690
• Trouble diagnosis 1690
• Ec 1691 1691
• Engine cooling sub function test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1691
• Test condition engine at idle 1691
• Trouble diagnosis 1691
• Antipollution obd subfunction test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1692
• Driver parameters sub function test condition engine stopped and ignition switch on 1692
• Ec 1692 1692
• Test condition engine at idle 1692
• Trouble diagnosis 1692
• Ec 1693 1693
• Test condition engine at idle 1693
• Trouble diagnosis 1693
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1694
• Ec 1694 1694
• Trouble diagnosis 1694
• Ec 1695 1695
• Trouble diagnosis 1695
• Ec 1696 1696
• Trouble diagnosis 1696
• Description 1697
• Diagnostic procedure 1697
• Ec 1697 1697
• Trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident 1697
• Check ecm power supply circuit i 1699
• Diagnostic procedure 1699
• Ec 1699 1699
• Go to 2 1699
• Go to 3 1699
• Inspection start 1699
• Ok or ng 1699
• Power supply and ground circuit 1699
• Remarks specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1699
• Start engine is engine running yes or no 1699
• Turn ignition switch on 2 check voltage between ecm terminal 22 and ground with con sult ii or tester 1699
• Voltage battery voltage 1699
• Ec 1700 1700
• Power supply and ground circuit 1700
• Ec 1701 1701
• Power supply and ground circuit 1701
• Ec 1702 1702
• Power supply and ground circuit 1702
• Ec 1703 1703
• Ground inspection 1703
• Power supply and ground circuit 1703
• Ec 1704 1704
• Power supply and ground circuit 1704
• Can controller area network is a serial communication line for real time application it is an on vehicle mul tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability many elec tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation not independent in can communication control units are connected with 2 communication lines can h line can l line allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring each control unit transmits receives data but selectively reads required data only 1705
• Description 1705
• Dtc pc001 can communication line 1705
• Ec 1705 1705
• Malfunction indicator red lights up 1705
• On board diagnosis logic 1705
• Special notes 1705
• Diagnostic procedure 1707
• Dtc pc001 can communication line 1707
• Ec 1707 1707
• Go to lan 27 can communication unit 1707
• Diagnostic procedure 1708
• Dtc p0016 ckp cmp correlation 1708
• Ec 1708 1708
• On board diagnosis logic 1708
• Check intermittent incident 1709
• Dtc p0016 ckp cmp correlation 1709
• Ec 1709 1709
• Inspection end 1709
• Refer to ec 1697 trouble diagnosis for intermittent incident 1709
• Description 1710
• Dtc p0045 tc boost control sorenoid valve 1710
• Ec 1710 1710
• On board diagnosis logic 1710
• Dtc p0045 tc boost control sorenoid valve 1711
• Ec 1711 1711
• Wiring diagram 1711
• Dtc p0045 tc boost control sorenoid valve 1712
• Ec 1712 1712
• Specification data are reference valves and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may damage the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1712
• Diagnostic procedure 1713
• Dtc p0045 tc boost control sorenoid valve 1713
• Ec 1713 1713
• Component inspection 1714
• Dtc p0045 tc boost control sorenoid valve 1714
• Ec 1714 1714
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve 1714
• Component description 1715
• Dtc p0070 iat sensor 1715
• Ec 1715 1715
• On board diagnosis logic 1715
• The intake air temperature sensor 1 is built into mass air flow sen sor the sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ecm the temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise 1715
• Diagnostic procedure 1717
• Dtc p0070 iat sensor 1717
• Ec 1717 1717
• Component inspection 1718
• Dtc p0070 iat sensor 1718
• Ec 1718 1718
• Intake air temperature sensor 1718
• Mass air flow sensor 1718
• Removal and installation 1718
• Diagnostic procedure 1719
• Dtc p0087 fuel system 1719
• Ec 1719 1719
• On board diagnosis logic 1719
• Dtc p0087 fuel system 1720
• Ec 1720 1720
• Fuel injector 1720
• Fuel pump 1720
• Removal and installation 1720
• Diagnostic procedure 1721
• Dtc p0089 fuel pump 1721
• Ec 1721 1721
• Fuel pump 1721
• On board diagnosis logic 1721
• Removal and installation 1721
• Component description 1722
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with engine running 1722
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1722
• Dtc p0100 maf sensor 1722
• Ec 1722 1722
• If dtc p0100 is displayed with dtc p0235 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0235 refer to ec 1763 dtc p0235 tc boost sensor 1722
• If dtc p0100 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1722
• If this dtc is present mass air flow sensor function will stop and egr voluime control valve is closed 1722
• Intake air temperature sensor 1 1722
• On board diagnosis logic 1722
• Special notes 1722
• Specification data are reference values 1722
• The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air 1722
• Dtc p0100 maf sensor 1723
• Ec 1723 1723
• Wiring diagram 1723
• Check air filter 1724
• Check intake air duct 1724
• Check that air filter is not obsstructed yes or no 1724
• Check that intake air duct is not obsstructed yes or no 1724
• Diagnostic procedure 1724
• Dtc p0100 maf sensor 1724
• Ec 1724 1724
• Go to 2 1724
• Go to 3 1724
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1724
• Dtc p0100 maf sensor 1725
• Ec 1725 1725
• Component inspection 1726
• Dtc p0100 maf sensor 1726
• Ec 1726 1726
• Mass air flow sensor 1726
• Removal and installation 1726
• Description 1727
• Dtc p0115 ect sensor 1727
• Ec 1727 1727
• If this dtc is present cooling fan motor is activated at low speed for vehicles fitted with air conditioning 1727
• On board diagnosis logic 1727
• Special notes 1727
• The engine coolant temperature sensor 1 is used to detect the engine coolant temperature the sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ecm the modified signal returns to the ecm as the engine coolant temperature input the sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature the electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases 1727
• Diagnostic procedure 1729
• Dtc p0115 ect sensor 1729
• Ec 1729 1729
• Component inspection 1730
• Dtc p0115 ect sensor 1730
• Ec 1730 1730
• Engine coolant temperature sensor 1730
• Removal and installation 1730
• Diagnostic procedure 1731
• Dtc p0170 fuel injector adjustment value 1731
• Ec 1731 1731
• On board diagnosis logic 1731
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1732
• Description 1732
• Dtc p0180 fuel pump temperature sensor 1732
• Ec 1732 1732
• Fuel pump temperature sensor is built in the fuel pump the sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel pump and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature 1732
• On board diagnosis logic 1732
• Specification data are reference values 1732
• Dtc p0180 fuel pump temperature sensor 1733
• Ec 1733 1733
• Wiring diagram 1733
• Diagnostic procedure 1734
• Dtc p0180 fuel pump temperature sensor 1734
• Ec 1734 1734
• Component inspection 1735
• Dtc p0180 fuel pump temperature sensor 1735
• Ec 1735 1735
• Fuel pump 1735
• Fuel pump temperature sensor 1735
• Removal and installation 1735
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present after the engine started 1736
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1736
• Dtc p0190 frp sensor 1736
• Ec 1736 1736
• If dtc p0190 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1736
• If this dtc is present engine stops and is impossible to restarted 1736
• Malfunction indicator red lights up 1736
• On board diagnosis logic 1736
• Special notes 1736
• Specification data are reference values 1736
• Dtc p0190 frp sensor 1737
• Ec 1737 1737
• Wiring diagram 1737
• Diagnostic procedure 1738
• Dtc p0190 frp sensor 1738
• Ec 1738 1738
• Component inspection 1739
• Dtc p0190 frp sensor 1739
• Ec 1739 1739
• Fuel rail 1739
• Fuel rail pressure sensor 1739
• Removal and installation 1739
• Component description 1740
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with engine running 1740
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1740
• Dtc p0200 fuel injector 1740
• Ec 1740 1740
• If dtc p0200 is displayed with dtc p0201 p0202 p0203 p0204 first perform trouble diagnosis for other dtc refer to ec 1745 dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector 1740
• If this dtc is present the engine stops 1740
• Malfunction indicator red lights up 1740
• On board diagnosis logic 1740
• Special notes 1740
• Specification data are reference values 1740
• The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injector is energized the energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs 1740
• Dtc p0200 fuel injector 1741
• Ec 1741 1741
• Wiring diagram 1741
• Dtc p0200 fuel injector 1742
• Ec 1742 1742
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1742
• Diagnostic procedure 1743
• Dtc p0200 fuel injector 1743
• Ec 1743 1743
• Component description 1745
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with engine running 1745
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1745
• Dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector 1745
• Ec 1745 1745
• If this dtc is present the idle speed is stuck at 1 000 rpm with engine noise unstable engine speed reduced engine performance 1745
• Malfunction indicator red lights up 1745
• Malfunction indicator yellow lights up 1745
• On board diagnosis logic 1745
• Special notes 1745
• Specification data are reference values 1745
• The fuel injector is a small precise solenoid valve when the ecm supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit the coil in the fuel injector is energized the energized coil pulls the needle valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder the amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura tion pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open the ecm controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs 1745
• A or b 1747
• Check dtc 1747
• Diagnostic procedure 1747
• Dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector 1747
• Ec 1747 1747
• Go to 5 1747
• Make sure that which malfunction dtc second line indication is displayed 1747
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1747
• Also check harness for short to ground and short to power ok or ng 1748
• Check fuel injecor output signal circuit for open and short 1748
• Check fuel injector power supply for open and short circuit 1748
• Check harness continuity between the following terminals corresponding to the malfunctioning cylinder refer to wiring diagram 1748
• Continuity should exist 1748
• Dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector 1748
• Ec 1748 1748
• Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors 1748
• Turn ignition switch off 2 disconnect fuel injector 1 harness connector 3 disconnect ecm harness connector 4 check harness continuity between the following terminals corre sponding to the malfunctioning cylinder refer to wiring diagram 1748
• Dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector 1749
• Ec 1749 1749
• Component inspection 1750
• Dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector 1750
• Ec 1750 1750
• Fuel injector 1750
• Removal and installation 1750
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1751
• Description 1751
• Dtc p0225 app sensor 1751
• Ec 1751 1751
• If dtc p0225 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1751
• If this dtc is present the engine speed is maintained above 1 000 rpm the engine performance is reduced and malfuction indicator red lights up 1751
• If this dtc is present with dtc p2120 the engine speed is fixed at 1 800 rpm the engine performance is reduced and malfuction indicator red lights up 1751
• On board diagnosis logic 1751
• Special notes 1751
• Specification data are reference values 1751
• The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensors detect the accelera tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ecm the ecm uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected 1751
• Dtc p0225 app sensor 1753
• Ec 1753 1753
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1753
• Body ground 1 1755
• Chcek ground connections 1755
• Diagnostic procedure 1755
• Dtc p0225 app sensor 1755
• Ec 1755 1755
• Priming pump 2 ok or ng 1755
• Repair or replace ground connections 1755
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1755
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection 1755
• Dtc p0225 app sensor 1756
• Ec 1756 1756
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 1757
• Component inspection 1757
• Dtc p0225 app sensor 1757
• Ec 1757 1757
• Accelerator pedal 1758
• Dtc p0225 app sensor 1758
• Ec 1758 1758
• Removal and installation 1758
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1759
• Description 1759
• Dtc p0231 fuel pump 1759
• Ec 1759 1759
• If this dtc is present the fuel pump is fully opened and the engine is stopped to prevent it from revving 1759
• Malfuction indicator red lights up 1759
• On board diagnosis logic 1759
• Special notes 1759
• Specification data are reference values 1759
• To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump a plunger is built into the fuel pump when the amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure as a result the fuel injection pressure is raised when the load of the engine increases the ecm sends a signal to the fuel pump to raise the injection pressure 1759
• Check fuel pump power supply circuit 1761
• Diagnostic procedure 1761
• Dtc p0231 fuel pump 1761
• Ec 1761 1761
• Go to 2 1761
• Ok or ng 1761
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1761
• Turn ignition switch off 2 disconnect fuel pump harness connector 3 turn ignition switch on 4 check voltage between fuel pump terminal 2 and ground with consult ii or tester 1761
• Voltage battery voltage 1761
• Component inspection 1762
• Dtc p0231 fuel pump 1762
• Ec 1762 1762
• Fuel pump 1762
• Removal and installation 1762
• Component description 1763
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1763
• Dtc p0235 tc boost sensor 1763
• Ec 1763 1763
• If dtc p0235 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1763
• Malfunction indicator red lights up 1763
• On board diagnosis logic 1763
• Special notes 1763
• Specification data are reference values 1763
• The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the exit side of the charge air cooler the sensor output voltage to the ecm increases as pressure increases 1763
• Body ground 1 1765
• Check ground connections 1765
• Diagnostic procedure 1765
• Dtc p0235 tc boost sensor 1765
• Ec 1765 1765
• Priming pump 2 ok or ng 1765
• Repair or replace ground connections 1765
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may damage the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1765
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection 1765
• Dtc p0235 tc boost sensor 1766
• Ec 1766 1766
• Dtc p0235 tc boost sensor 1767
• Ec 1767 1767
• Refer to em 247 charge air cooler 1767
• Removal and installation 1767
• Turbocharger boost sensor 1767
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present when the engine speed is at idle speed 1768
• Dtc p0263 p0266 p0269 p0272 no 4 cylinder misfire 1768
• Ec 1768 1768
• If dtc p0263 p0266 p0269 or p0272 is displayed with dtc p0089 first perform the trouble diag nosis for dtc p0089 refer to ec 1721 dtc p0089 fuel pump 1768
• If dtc p0263 p0266 p0269 or p0272 is displayed with dtc p0201 p0202 p0203 or p0204 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p0201 p0202 p0203 or p00204 refer to ec 1745 dtc p0201 p0204 fuel injector 1768
• If this dtc is present the engine is maintained at 1 000 rpm and engine performance is reduced 1768
• Malfuction indicator red lights up 1768
• On board diagnosis logic 1768
• Special notes 1768
• Diagnostic procedure 1769
• Dtc p0263 p0266 p0269 p0272 no 4 cylinder misfire 1769
• Ec 1769 1769
• Component description 1770
• Dtc p0325 knock sensor ks 1770
• Ec 1770 1770
• On board diagnosis logic 1770
• Dtc p0325 knock sensor ks 1771
• Ec 1771 1771
• Wiring diagram 1771
• Diagnostic procedure 1772
• Dtc p0325 knock sensor ks 1772
• Ec 1772 1772
• Dtc p0325 knock sensor ks 1773
• Ec 1773 1773
• Knock sensor 1773
• Removal and installation 1773
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with the engine cranking or idling 1774
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1774
• Description 1774
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor 1774
• Ec 1774 1774
• If this dtc with 1 def 2 def 3 def 6 def is present the engine stops and malfunction indicator red lights up 1774
• If this dtc with 4 def 5 def is present the engine performance is reduced and malfunction indicator red will not light up 1774
• On board diagnosis logic 1774
• Special notes 1774
• Specification data are reference values 1774
• The crankshaft position ckp sensor is located on the oil pan facing the gear teeth cogs of the signal plate the ecm receives the voltage signal from crankshaft position sensor and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution 1774
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor 1775
• Ec 1775 1775
• Wiring diagram 1775
• Body ground 1 1776
• Check ground connections 1776
• Diagnostic procedure 1776
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor 1776
• Ec 1776 1776
• Priming pump 2 ok or ng 1776
• Repair or replace ground connections 1776
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1776
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection 1776
• Component inspection 1777
• Crankshaft position sensor 1777
• Dtc p0335 ckp sensor 1777
• Ec 1777 1777
• Removal and installation 1777
• Description 1778
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor 1778
• Ec 1778 1778
• On board diagnosis logic 1778
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor 1779
• Ec 1779 1779
• Wiring diagram 1779
• Body ground 1 1780
• Check ground connections 1780
• Diagnostic procedure 1780
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor 1780
• Ec 1780 1780
• Priming pump 2 ok or ng 1780
• Repair or replace ground connections 1780
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground pulse signal is measured by consult ii caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1780
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection 1780
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor 1781
• Ec 1781 1781
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor 1782
• Ec 1782 1782
• Camshaft position sensor 1783
• Component inspection 1783
• Dtc p0340 cmp sensor 1783
• Ec 1783 1783
• If ng replace camshaft position sensor 1783
• Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected 2 start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature 3 measure the voltage signal between ecm terminal 56 and ground with consult ii or tester under the followng conditions 1783
• Refer to em 272 timing belt 1783
• Removal and installation 1783
• Dtc p0380 glow control unit 1784
• Ec 1784 1784
• On board diagnosis logic 1784
• Dtc p0380 glow control unit 1785
• Ec 1785 1785
• Wiring diagram 1785
• Diagnostic procedure 1786
• Dtc p0380 glow control unit 1786
• Ec 1786 1786
• Dtc p0380 glow control unit 1787
• Ec 1787 1787
• Dtc p0382 glow control unit 1788
• Ec 1788 1788
• If this dtc is present engine starting is difficult or impossible when cold 1788
• If this dtc with co is present continuous operation of the glow plugs permanently controlled with risk of being damaged and risk of damaging the engine 1788
• On board diagnosis logic 1788
• Special note 1788
• Dtc p0382 glow control unit 1789
• Ec 1789 1789
• Wiring diagram 1789
• Diagnostic procedure 1790
• Dtc p0382 glow control unit 1790
• Ec 1790 1790
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with engine running 1791
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1791
• Dtc p0400 egr function 1791
• Ec 1791 1791
• If this dtc is present the engine will be unsteady with popssible stalling starting malfunctions or even impossible when cold 1791
• Malfunction indicator red lights up 1791
• Malfunction indicator yellow lights up 1791
• On board diagnosis logic 1791
• Special notes 1791
• Specification data are reference values 1791
• Dtc p0400 egr function 1793
• Ec 1793 1793
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1793
• Diagnostic procedure 1794
• Dtc p0400 egr function 1794
• Ec 1794 1794
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present with engine running at idle speed 1795
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1795
• Dtc p0403 egr volume control valve 1795
• Ec 1795 1795
• If this dtc is present the engine is difficult to start or even impossible when cold 1795
• Malfunction indicator red lights up 1795
• Malfunction indicator yellow lights up 1795
• On board diagnosis logic 1795
• Special notes 1795
• Specification data are reference values 1795
• Dtc p0403 egr volume control valve 1797
• Ec 1797 1797
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1797
• Diagnostic procedure 1798
• Dtc p0403 egr volume control valve 1798
• Ec 1798 1798
• Component inspection 1799
• Dtc p0403 egr volume control valve 1799
• Ec 1799 1799
• Egr volume control valve 1799
• Egr volume control valve control position sensor 1799
• Removal and installation 1799
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1800
• Dtc p0409 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1800
• Ec 1800 1800
• If this dtc is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1800
• On board diagnosis logic 1800
• Specification data are reference values 1800
• Dtc p0409 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1801
• Ec 1801 1801
• Wiring diagram 1801
• Dtc p0409 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1802
• Ec 1802 1802
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1802
• Diagnostic procedure 1803
• Dtc p0409 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1803
• Ec 1803 1803
• Component inspection 1804
• Dtc p0409 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1804
• Ec 1804 1804
• Egr volume control valve 1804
• Egr volume control valve control position sensor 1804
• Removal and installation 1804
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1805
• Dtc p0487 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1805
• Ec 1805 1805
• If this dtc is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1805
• Malfunction indicator yellow lights up 1805
• On board diagnosis logic 1805
• Special notes 1805
• Specification data are reference values 1805
• Dtc p0487 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1807
• Ec 1807 1807
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1807
• Diagnostic procedure 1808
• Dtc p0487 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1808
• Ec 1808 1808
• Component inspection 1809
• Dtc p0487 egr volume control valve control position sensor 1809
• Ec 1809 1809
• Egr volume control valve 1809
• Egr volume control valve control position sensor 1809
• Removal and installation 1809
• Description 1810
• Diagnostic procedure 1810
• Dtc p0500 vss 1810
• Ec 1810 1810
• On board diagnosis logic 1810
• Component description 1811
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1811
• Dtc p0530 refrigerant pressure sensor 1811
• Ec 1811 1811
• If dtc p0530 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform the trouble diagnosis for dtc p0643 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1811
• On board diagnosis logic 1811
• Specification data are reference values 1811
• The refrigerant pressure sensor 1 is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system the sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage the voltage signal is sent to ecm and ecm controls cooling fan system 1811
• Body ground 1 1813
• Check ground connections 1813
• Diagnostic procedure 1813
• Dtc p0530 refrigerant pressure sensor 1813
• Ec 1813 1813
• Priming pump 2 ok or ng 1813
• Repair or replace ground connections 1813
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1813
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection 1813
• Dtc p0530 refrigerant pressure sensor 1814
• Ec 1814 1814
• Dtc p0530 refrigerant pressure sensor 1815
• Ec 1815 1815
• Refrigerant pressure sensor 1815
• Removal and installation 1815
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present when the engine is running at above 1 000 rpm 1816
• Dtc p0560 battery voltage 1816
• Ec 1816 1816
• Malfunction indicator red lights up 1816
• On board diagnosis logic 1816
• Special notes 1816
• Dtc p0560 battery voltage 1817
• Ec 1817 1817
• Wiring diagram 1817
• Diagnostic procedure 1818
• Dtc p0560 battery voltage 1818
• Ec 1818 1818
• Dtc p0560 battery voltage 1819
• Ec 1819 1819
• Brake switch signal is applied to the ecm through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed this signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving 1820
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present when the ignition switch is turned on when deceleratig or when the brake pedal is depressed 1820
• Description 1820
• Dtc p0571 brake switch 1820
• Ec 1820 1820
• On board diagnosis logic 1820
• Dtc p0571 brake switch 1821
• Ec 1821 1821
• Wiring diagram 1821
• Diagnostic procedure 1822
• Dtc p0571 brake switch 1822
• Ec 1822 1822
• Dtc p0571 brake switch 1823
• Ec 1823 1823
• Component inspection 1824
• Dtc p0571 brake switch 1824
• Ec 1824 1824
• Stop lamp switch 1824
• Description 1825
• Diagnostic procedure 1825
• Dtc p0604 ecm 1825
• Ec 1825 1825
• On board diagnosis logic 1825
• Description 1826
• Diagnostic procedure 1826
• Dtc p0606 ecm 1826
• Ec 1826 1826
• On board diagnosis logic 1826
• Dtc p0606 ecm 1827
• Ec 1827 1827
• Description 1828
• Diagnostic procedure 1828
• Dtc p062f ecm 1828
• Ec 1828 1828
• On board diagnosis logic 1828
• Dtc p062f ecm 1829
• Ec 1829 1829
• Dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1830
• Ec 1830 1830
• If dtc p0641 is displayed with dtc p0100 p0190 p0225 p0235 p0409 p0487 p0530 p0651 p2120 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 1830
• If this dtc is present the engine stops immediately and cannnot be restarted 1830
• Malfuction indicator red lights up 1830
• On board diagnosis logic 1830
• Special notes 1830
• Dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1831
• Ec 1831 1831
• Lhd models 1831
• Wiring diagram 1831
• Dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1832
• Ec 1832 1832
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1832
• Dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1833
• Ec 1833 1833
• Rhd models 1833
• Dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1834
• Ec 1834 1834
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1834
• Diagnostic procedure 1835
• Dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1835
• Ec 1835 1835
• Dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1836
• Ec 1836 1836
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1837
• Description 1837
• Dtc p0651 app sensor 1837
• Ec 1837 1837
• If dtc p0651 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1837
• If this dtc is present the engine idle speed is set to 1 000 rpm the engine performance is reduced and 1837
• Malfunction indicator red lights up 1837
• On board diagnosis logic 1837
• Special notes 1837
• Specification data are reference values 1837
• The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensors detect the accelera tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ecm the ecm uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected 1837
• Dtc p0651 app sensor 1839
• Ec 1839 1839
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1839
• Body ground 1 1841
• Chcek ground connections 1841
• Diagnostic procedure 1841
• Dtc p0651 app sensor 1841
• Ec 1841 1841
• Priming pump 2 ok or ng 1841
• Repair or replace ground connections 1841
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1841
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection 1841
• Dtc p0651 app sensor 1842
• Ec 1842 1842
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 1843
• Component inspection 1843
• Dtc p0651 app sensor 1843
• Ec 1843 1843
• Accelerator pedal 1844
• Dtc p0651 app sensor 1844
• Ec 1844 1844
• Removal and installation 1844
• Dtc p0685 ecm relay 1845
• Ec 1845 1845
• On board diagnosis logic 1845
• Diagnostic procedure 1847
• Dtc p0685 ecm relay 1847
• Ec 1847 1847
• Dtc p0685 ecm relay 1848
• Ec 1848 1848
• Dtc p0685 ecm relay 1849
• Ec 1849 1849
• Brake switch signal is applied to the ecm through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed this signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving 1850
• Conditions for applying the diagnostic procedure to the stored dtcs the dtc is declared present when the ignition switch is on when decelerating or when the brake pedal is depressed 1850
• Description 1850
• Dtc p0703 brake switch 1850
• Ec 1850 1850
• On board diagnosis logic 1850
• Dtc p0703 brake switch 1851
• Ec 1851 1851
• Wiring diagram 1851
• Diagnostic procedure 1852
• Dtc p0703 brake switch 1852
• Ec 1852 1852
• Dtc p0703 brake switch 1853
• Ec 1853 1853
• Component inspection 1854
• Dtc p0703 brake switch 1854
• Ec 1854 1854
• Stop lamp switch 1854
• Consult ii reference value in data monitor mode 1855
• Description 1855
• Dtc p2120 app sensor 1855
• Ec 1855 1855
• If dtc p2120 is displayed with dtc p0641 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0641 refer to ec 1830 dtc p0641 sensor power supply 1855
• If dtc p2120 is displayed with dtc p0651 first perform trouble diagnosis for dtc p0651 refer to ec 1837 dtc p0651 app sensor 1855
• If this dtc is present the engine speed is maintained above 1 000 rpm and malfuction indicator red lights up 1855
• If this dtc is present with dtc p0225 the engine idle speed is fixed at 1 800 rpm and malfuction indi cator red lights up 1855
• On board diagnosis logic 1855
• Special notes 1855
• Specification data are reference values 1855
• The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly the sensors detect the accelera tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ecm the ecm uses the signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected 1855
• Dtc p2120 app sensor 1857
• Ec 1857 1857
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1857
• Body ground 1 1859
• Chcek ground connections 1859
• Diagnostic procedure 1859
• Dtc p2120 app sensor 1859
• Ec 1859 1859
• Priming pump 2 ok or ng 1859
• Repair or replace ground connections 1859
• Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground caution do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input output voltage doing so may result in dam age to the ecm s transistor use a ground other than ecm terminals such as the ground 1859
• Turn ignition switch off 2 loosen and retighten ground screw on the body refer to ec 1703 ground inspection 1859
• Dtc p2120 app sensor 1860
• Ec 1860 1860
• Accelerator pedal position sensor 1861
• Component inspection 1861
• Dtc p2120 app sensor 1861
• Ec 1861 1861
• Accelerator pedal 1862
• Dtc p2120 app sensor 1862
• Ec 1862 1862
• Removal and installation 1862
• Description 1863
• Diagnostic procedure 1863
• Dtc p2226 baro sensor 1863
• Ec 1863 1863
• On board diagnosis logic 1863
• Cooling fan 1864
• Ec 1864 1864
• System description 1864
• The ecm controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed engine coolant temperature refrigerant pressure and air conditioner on signal the control system has 3 step control high low off 1864
• Cooling fan 1865
• Cooling fan operation 1865
• Ec 1865 1865
• Cooling fan 1867
• Diagnostic procedure 1867
• Ec 1867 1867
• Component inspection 1868
• Cooling fan 1868
• Cooling fan motor 1868
• Ec 1868 1868
• Ec 1869 1869
• Mi data link connectors 1869
• Wiring diagram 1869
• Ec 1870 1870
• Service data and specifications sds 1870
• Ec 1871 1871
• Service data and specifications sds 1871